# Patent

## Title
1-heterocyclyl-1,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[3,4-D] pyrimidin-4-one derivatives and their use as PDE9A modulators

## Abstract

The invention relates to novel 1,6-disubstituted pyrazolopyrimidinones, wherein i.) the nitrogen atom of the pyrazolo-group that is next to the pyrimidino-group is attached to a non-aromatic, organic heterocycle having at least one ring hetero atom selected from O, N and S and ii.) to the C-atom between the two nitrogen atoms of the pyrimidinone-ring a second substituent is bound via an optionally substituted methylene-bridge. According to one aspect of the invention the new compounds are for the manufacture of medicaments, in particular medicaments for the treatment of conditions concerning deficits in perception, concentration, learning or memory. The new compounds are also for the manufacture of medicaments for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease.

## Background
This application is a divisional of U.S. Ser. No. 12/935,686, filed on Apr. 5, 2011, which is the national phase entry under 35 U.S.C. §371 of International Application No. PCT/EP2009/053907, filed Apr. 1, 2009, which claims priority to European Patent Application No. 08153987.6 filed Apr. 2, 2008, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties.


The invention relates to novel 1,6-disubstituted pyrazolopyrimidinones, wherein i.) the nitrogen atom of the pyrazolo-group that is next to the pyrimidino-group is attached to a non-aromatic, organic heterocycle having at least one ring hetero atom selected from O, N and S and ii.) to the C-atom between the two nitrogen atoms of the pyrimidinone-ring a second substituent is bound via an optionally substituted methylene-bridge. According to one aspect of the invention the new compounds are for the manufacture of medicaments, in particular medicaments for the treatment of conditions concerning deficits in perception, concentration, learning or memory. The new compounds are also for the manufacture of medicaments for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease. Further aspects of the present invention refer to a process for the manufacture of the compounds and their use for producing medicaments.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The inhibition of phosphodiesterase 9A (PDE9A) is one of the currents concepts to find new access paths to the treatment of cognitive impairments due to CNS disorders like Alzheimer's Disease or due to any other neurodegenerative process of the brain. With the present invention, new compounds are presented that follow this concept.
Phosphodiesterase 9A is one member of the wide family of phosphodiesterases. These kinds of enzymes modulate the levels of the cyclic nucleotides 5′-3′ cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP) and 5′-3′ cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP). These cyclic nucleotides (cAMP and cGMP) are important second messengers and therefore play a central role in cellular signal transduction cascades. Each of them reactivates inter alia, but not exclusively, protein kinases. The protein kinase activated by cAMP is called protein kinase A (PKA), and the protein kinase activated by cGMP is called protein kinase G (PKG). Activated PKA and PKG are able in turn to phosphorylate a number of cellular effector proteins (e.g. ion channels, G-protein-coupled receptors, structural proteins, transcription factors). It is possible in this way for the second messengers cAMP and cGMP to control a wide variety of physiological processes in a wide variety of organs. However, the cyclic nucleotides are also able to act directly on effector molecules. Thus, it is known, for example, that cGMP is able to act directly on ion channels and thus is able to influence the cellular ion concentration (review in: Wei et al., Prog. Neurobiol., 1998, 56, 37-64). The phosphodiesterases (PDE) are a control mechanism for controlling the activity of cAMP and cGMP and thus in turn for the corresponding physiological processes. PDEs hydrolyse the cyclic monophosphates to the inactive monophosphates AMP and GMP. Currently, 11 PDE families have been defined on the basis of the sequence homology of the corresponding genes. Individual PDE genes within a family are differentiated by letters (e.g. PDE1A and PDE1B). If different splice variants within a gene also occur, this is then indicated by an additional numbering after the letters (e.g. PDE1A1).
Human PDE9A was cloned and sequenced in 1998. The amino acid identity with other PDEs does not exceed 34% (PDE8A) and is never less than 28% (PDE5A). With a Michaelis-Menten constant (Km) of 170 nanomolar, PDE9A has high affinity for cGMP. In addition, PDE9A is selective for cGMP (Km for cAMP=230 micromolar). PDE9A has no cGMP binding domain, suggesting that the enzyme activity is not regulated by cGMP. It was shown in a Western blot analysis that PDE9A is expressed in humans inter alia in testes, brain, small intestine, skeletal muscle, heart, lung, thymus and spleen. The highest expression was found in the brain, small intestine, kidney, prostate, colon, and spleen (Fisher et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1998, 273 (25), 15559-15564; Wang et al., Gene, 2003, 314, 15-27). The gene for human PDE9A is located on chromosome 21q22.3 and comprises 21 exons. 4 alternative splice variants of PDE9A have been identified (Guipponi et al., Hum. Genet., 1998, 103, 386-392). Classical PDE inhibitors do not inhibit human PDE9A. Thus, IBMX, dipyridamole, SKF94120, rolipram and vinpocetine show no inhibition on the isolated enzyme in concentrations of up to 100 micromolar. An IC50 of 35 micromolar has been demonstrated for zaprinast (Fisher et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1998, 273 (25), 15559-15564).
Murine PDE9A was cloned and sequenced in 1998 by Soderling et al. (J. Biol. Chem., 1998, 273 (19), 15553-15558). This has, like the human form, high affinity for cGMP with a Km of 70 nanomolar. Particularly high expression was found in the mouse kidney, brain, lung and liver. Murine PDE9A is not inhibited by IBMX in concentrations below 200 micromolar either; the IC50 for zaprinast is 29 micromolar (Soderling et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1998, 273 (19), 15553-15558). It has been found that PDE9A is strongly expressed in some regions of the rat brain. These include olfactory bulb, hippocampus, cortex, basal ganglia and basal forebrain (Andreeva et al., J. Neurosci., 2001, 21 (22), 9068-9076). The hippocampus, cortex and basal forebrain in particular play an important role in learning and memory processes. As already mentioned above, PDE9A is distinguished by having particularly high affinity for cGMP. PDE9A is therefore active even at low physiological concentrations, in contrast to PDE2A (Km=10 micromolar; Martins et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1982, 257, 1973-1979), PDE5A (Km=4 micromolar; Francis et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1980, 255, 620-626), PDE6A (Km=17 micromolar; Gillespie and Beavo, J. Biol. Chem., 1988, 263 (17), 8133-8141) and PDE11A (Km=0.52 micromolar; Fawcett et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 2000, 97 (7), 3702-3707). In contrast to PDE2A (Murashima et al., Biochemistry, 1990, 29, 5285-5292), the catalytic activity of PDE9A is not increased by cGMP because it has no GAF domain (cGMP-binding domain via which the PDE activity is allosterically increased) (Beavo et al., Current Opinion in Cell Biology, 2000, 12, 174-179). PDE9A inhibitors may therefore lead to an increase in the baseline cGMP concentration.
This outline will make it evident that PDE9A engages into specific physiological processes in a characteristic and unique manner, which distinguish the role of PDE9A characteristically from any of the other PDE family members.
WO04099210 discloses 6-arylmethyl-substituted pyrazolopyrimidinones which are PDE9 inhibitors. The compounds do not have a non-aromatic heterocyclic moiety in the 1 position of the pyrazolopyrimidine.
WO04096811 discloses heterocyclic bicycles as PDE9 inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes, including type 1 and type 2 diabetes, hyperglycemia, dyslipidemia, impaired glucose tolerance, metabolic syndrome, and/or cardiovascular disease. Other prior art is directed to chemically similar nucleoside derivatives. As examples it is referred to WO02057425, which discloses nucleosides derivatives, which are inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase, or WO01060315, which discloses nucleoside derivatives for the treatment of hepatitis C infection or EP679657, which discloses compounds that serve as ribonucleoside analogues or US2002058635, which discloses purine L-nucleoside compounds, in which both the purine rings and the sugar are either modified, functionalized, or both. So the sugar for example must show at least one esterified OH group.
WO06084281 discloses inhibitors of the E1 acitvation enzyme that have a sulfonamid moiety.
WO05051944 discloses oxetane-containing nucleosides, for the treatment of nucleoside analogue related disorders such as disorders involving cellular proliferation and infection.
WO9840384 discloses pyrazolopyrimidinones which are PDE1, 2 and 5 inhibitors and can be employed for the treatment of cardiovascular and cerebrovascular disorders and disorders of the urogenital system.
CH396 924, CH396 925, CH396 926, CH396 927, DE1147234, DE1149013, GB937726 describe pyrazolopyrimidinones which have a coronary-dilating effect and which can be employed for the treatment of disturbances of myocardial blood flow.
U.S. Pat. No. 3,732,225 describes pyrazolopyrimidinones which have an anti-inflammatory and blood glucose-lowering effect.
DE2408906 describes styrylpyrazolopyrimidinones which can be employed as antimicrobial and anti-inflammatory agents for the treatment of, for example, oedema.
OBJECTIVE OF THE INVENTION
The above cited prior art makes it evident that changes in the substitution pattern of pyrazolopyrimidinones result in interesting changes concerning biological activity, respectively changes in the affinity towards different target enzymes.
Therefore it is an objective of the present invention to provide compounds that effectively modulate PDE9A for the purpose of the development of a medicament, in particular in view of diseases, the treatment of which is accessible via PDE9A modulation.
It is another objective of the present invention to provide compounds that are useful for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of CNS disorders.
Yet another objective of the present invention is to provide compounds which show a better side effect profile compared to the compounds of the prior art.
Another objective of the present invention is to provide compounds that have a favourable selectively profile in favour for PDE9A inhibition over other PDE family members and by this may provide advantage over the prior art compounds.
Yet another objective is to provide such a medicament not only for treatment but also for prevention or modification of the corresponding disease.


DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PRESENT INVENTION
The compounds of the present invention are characterised by general formula I:




with the following definitions (substituents may be printed in bold for better reading):

Substituent Hc is defined by the following definitions Hci, whereby the index i describes the order of preference, ascending from Hc1 to more preferably (i.e. Hc2), and so on:

Hc1:

Hc is a mono-, bi- or tricyclic heterocyclyl group, the ring members of which are carbon atoms and at least 1, preferably 1, 2 or 3, heteroatom(s), which are selected from the group of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, which is in the form of —S(O)r— with r being 0, 1 or 2, and

    
    
        said heterocyclyl group is or comprises 1 non-aromatic, saturated, or partly unsaturated monocyclic ring which comprises at least 1 heteroatom as ring member and
        said heterocyclyl group is bound to the scaffold by said 1 non-aromatic, saturated, or partly unsaturated monocyclic ring which comprises at least 1 heteroatom as ring member.

Hc2:

    
    


Hc is a heterocyclyl group according to any of formulae I.1 or I.2 or I.3:




with

n=1, 2, 3;

X1, X2, X3, independently from each other being CH2, CHR2, CHR3, C(R2)2, CR2R3, O, NH, NR2, or S(O)r with r=0, 1, 2, whereby at least one of X1, X2, X3 is O, NH, NR2 or S(O)r.

#: meaning that the ring is not aromatic while for n=1, one bond within the ring system optionally may be a double bond and for n=2 or n=3 one bond or two bonds within the ring system optionally may be (a) double bond(s), thereby replacing ring-member bound hydrogen atoms. For each occasion the double bond preferably is a C—C double bond. Preferably the ring system is saturated.
The * represents the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom of the pyrazolo ring of formula I.




with

A being the ring system of formula I.1;

B being a 3, 4, 5 or 6 membered second ring system that is annelated to A and that besides the two atoms and one bond it shares with A consists only of carbon atoms and that may be saturated, partially saturated or aromatic; the substituents R2 and/or R3 independently of each other and independently of each x, y, may be at ring A or ring B;

The two ring atoms that are shared by the two ring systems A and B both may be C-atoms, both may be N-atoms or one may be a C- and the other one may be a N-atom. Preferred are two C-atoms, or one C- and one N-atom, and more preferred are two C-atoms. The shared bond may be a single bond or a double bond.





with

A, being the ring system of formula I.1;

C being a 3, 4, 5 or 6 membered second ring system that is spiro fused to A and that besides the one atom it shares with A consists only of carbon atoms and that may be saturated or partially saturated; the substituents R2 and/or R3 independently of each other and independently of each x and y, may be at ring A or ring C.

Hc3:

Hc being a heterocyclyl group selected from the group of







Hc4:

Hc being the heterocyclyl group according to formula I.1 as defined above for Hc2.
Hc5:
Hc being the heterocyclyl group according to formula I.2 as defined above for Hc2.
Hc6:
Hc being the heterocyclyl group according to formula I.3 as defined above for Hc2.
Hc7.0:
Hc is a monocyclic, non-aromatic, saturated heterocyclic group of 4 to 8, preferably 5, 6 or 7 ring atoms, whereby said ring atoms are carbon atoms and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatom(s), preferably 1 heteroatom, the heteroatom(s) being selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur, the sulphur being in the form of —S(O)r— with r being 0, 1 or 2, preferably with r being 0 and whereby preferably said heterocyclic group being attached to the scaffold by a carbon ring atom which is not directly attached to said ring heteroatom.
Hc7.1:
Hc is selected from the group of tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperazinyl, whereby preferably the tetrahydropyranyl is 3- or 4-tetrahydropyranyl, the tetrahydrofuranyl is 3-tetrahydrofuranyl, and the piperidinyl is 3- or 4-piperidinyl.
Hc8:
Hc is selected from the group of tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl and pyrrolidinyl, whereby preferably the tetrahydropyranyl is 3- or 4-tetrahydropyranyl, the tetrahydrofuranyl is 3-tetrahydrofuranyl, and the piperidinyl is 3- or 4-piperidinyl.
Hc9:
Hc is selected from the group of piperidinyl and pyrrolidinyl, preferably 3- or 4-piperidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl.
Hc10:
Hc is selected from the group of tetrahydropyranyl and tetrahydrofuranyl, preferably 3- or 4-tetrahydropyranyl and 3-tetrahydrofuranyl.
Substituent R1 is defined by the following definitions R1.0.j, respectively R1.j, whereby the index j describes the order of preference, ascending from R1.0.1 to more preferred definitions like R1.0.2, and so on to R1.1, to R1.2 and so on:
R1.0.1:
R1 being selected from the group of
C1-8-alkyl-, C2-8-alkenyl-, C2-8-alkynyl-, C1-6-alkyl-S—, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl-, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl-, and heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl-,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxo, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—S—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-O—, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-O—, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl-O—, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-O—, N-linked-pyridine-2-one, N-linked-pyridine-2-one-C1-6-alkyl-, N-linked-pyridine-2-one-C1-6-alkyl-O—, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-O— with C3-7-heterocycloalkyl being bound to 0 via one of its ring C-atoms, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-O— with C3-7-heterocycloalkyl being bound to the C1-6-alkyl- via one of its ring-C-atoms, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—S—, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—(R10)N—, R10O—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—SO2—(R10)N—, R10—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—, (R10)2N—SO2—C1-6-alkyl-, and/or C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

whereby any of the C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, aryl-, heteroaryl-, N-linked-pyridine-2-one-, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl- groups mentioned above may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—S—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—S—, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—(R10)2N—, R10O—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—O—, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—, (R10)2N—SO2—(R10)N—, (R10)2N—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—SO2—(R10)N—, R10—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—, (R10)2N—SO2—C1-6-alkyl-, and/or C1-6-alkyl-SO2—.

R1.0.2:

R1 being selected from the group of
C1-8-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-,
where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxo, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, N-linked-pyridine-2-one, N-linked-pyridine-2-one-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl-O—, tetrahydropyranyl-O—, piperidinyl-O— with piperidinyl being bound to 0 via one of its ring C-atoms, pyrrolidinyl-O— with pyrrolidinyl being bound to O via one of its ring C-atoms, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—O—, and/or R10O—CO—(R10)N—,

whereby any of the C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, aryl, heteroaryl, N-linked-pyridine-2-one, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl-, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl- groups mentioned above may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, benzyl-O—, and/or (R10)2N—CO—, whereby piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl preferably are substituted by R10—CO—.

R1.0.3:

R1 being selected from the group of
phenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentylmethyl, ethyl, propyl, 1- and 2-butyl-, 1-, 2- and 3-pentyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl,
where these groups may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxo, HO—, NC—, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-O—, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-O—, CF3O—, CF3—, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO— and/or phenyl,

whereby the oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl and phenyl group mentioned above may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, CH3—, CF3—, CH3O—, CF3O—, H2NCO—, NC—, morpholinyl and/or benzyl-O—.

R1.0.4:

R1 being selected from the group of
phenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridyl-, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, ethyl, 1- and 2-propyl, 1- and 2-butyl-, 1-, 2- and 3-pentyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl,
where these groups may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxo, NC—, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-, CF3O—, CF3—, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, pyridyl, and/or phenyl,

whereby the oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, pyridyl and phenyl group mentioned above may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, CH3—, CH3O—, H2NCO— and/or NC—.

R1.1:

R1 being selected from the group of
C1-8-alkyl-, C2-8-alkenyl-, C2-8-alkynyl-, C1-6-alkyl-S—, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, and heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—S—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-O—, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-O—, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl-O—, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-O—, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-O— with C3-7-heterocycloalkyl being bound to O via one of its ring C-atoms, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-O— with C3-7-heterocycloalkyl being bound to the C1-6-alkyl- via one of its ring-C-atoms, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—S—, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—(R10)N—, R10O—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—SO2—(R10)N—, R10—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—, (R10)2N—SO2—C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

whereby any of the C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, aryl-, heteroaryl-groups mentioned above may optionally be substituted by HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—S—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—S—, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—(R10)N—, R10O—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—O—, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—, (R10)2N—SO2—(R10)N—, (R10)2N—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—SO2—(R10)N—, R10—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—, (R10)2N—SO2—C1-6-alkyl-, or C1-6-alkyl-SO2—.

R1.2:

R1 being selected from the group of
C1-8-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, aryl and heteroaryl,
where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl-O—, tetrahydropyranyl-O—, piperidinyl-O— with piperidinyl being bound to 0 via one of its ring C-atoms, pyrrolidinyl-O— with pyrrolidinyl being bound to 0 via one of its ring C-atoms, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—O—, and R10O—CO—(R10)N—;

whereby any of the C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, aryl, heteroaryl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl-groups mentioned above may optionally be substituted by NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, or (R10)2N—CO—, whereby piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl preferably are substituted by R10—CO—.

R1.3:

R1 being selected from the group of
phenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentylmethyl, ethyl, propyl, 1- and 2-butyl-, 1-, 2- and 3-pentyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl,
where these groups may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of HO—, NC—, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-O—, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-O—, CF3O—, CF3—, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl- and C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-.

R1.4:

R1 being selected from the group of
phenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridyl-, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentylmethyl, ethyl, propyl, 1- and 2-butyl-, 1-, 2- and 3-pentyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl,
where these groups may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of NC—, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-, CF3O—, CF3— and halogen (the halogen preferably being selected from the group of fluorine, chlorine, and bromine).
Optional substituent R2 is defined by the following definitions R2.0.k, respectively R2.k, whereby the index k describes the order of preference, ascending from R2.0.1 to more preferred definitions (like R2.2), and so on:
R2.0.1:
R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of
H—, fluorine, NC—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—F3C—CH2—, carboxy-, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C2-6-alkynyl-, C1-6-alkyl-S—, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl-, preferably C1-6-alkyl-S—C2-3-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl-, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl-, heteroaryl-, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl-, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl-, R10—O—C2-3-alkyl-, (R10)2N—, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—, R10—O—CO—(R10)N—, R10—SO2—(R10)N—, C1-6-alkyl-SO2— and oxo,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-3-alkyl-, and (R10)2N—CO—,

and in case R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, F3C—CH2—, HF2C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C2-6-alkynyl-, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-3-alkyl-, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—, R10—SO2—, or C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of

fluorine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-3-alkyl-, and (R10)2N—CO—.

R2.1:

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of
H—, fluorine, NC—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, carboxy-, C1-6-alkyl- (preferably C2-6-alkyl), C2-6-alkenyl-, C2-6-alkynyl-, C1-6-alkyl-S—, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C2-3-alkyl-, (R10)2N—, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—, R10—SO2—(R10)N—, and C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-3-alkyl-, and (R10)2N—CO—,

and in case R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, F3C—CH2—, HF2C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C2-6-alkynyl-, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-3-alkyl-, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—, R10—SO2—, or C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-3-alkyl-, and (R10)2N—CO—.

R2.2:

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of
H—, fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl- (preferably C2-6-alkyl), (R10)2N—CO— and R10—CO—(R10)N—,
where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-3-alkyl-, and (R10)2N—CO—,

and in case R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, F3C—CH2—, HF2C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-3-alkyl-, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—, or C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-3-alkyl-, and (R10)2N—CO—.

R2.3:

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of
H—, fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl- (preferably C2-6-alkyl), (R10)2N—CO— and R10—CO—(R10)N—,
where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and C1-6-alkyl-,
and in case R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, F3C—CH2—, HF2C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-3-alkyl-, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—, or C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

where these substituents may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine and C1-6-alkyl-.

R2.4:

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of
H— and C1-6-alkyl- (preferably C2-6-alkyl),
and in case R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, then R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—, phenyl-CO— and phenyl-O—CO—,
where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine and C1-6-alkyl-.
R2.5:
R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of H— and C1-6-alkyl-,
and in case R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2H—, C1-6-alkyl-CO—, C1-6-alkyl-O—CO—, C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl-CO—, phenyl-O—CO—, (C1-6-alkyl)2N—CO—,
where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more fluorine substituents.
Optional substituent R3 is defined by the following definitions R3.l whereby the index l describes the order of preference, ascending from (i.e. R3.1) to preferably (i.e. R3.2), and so on:
R3.1:
R3 being selected from the group of H—, hydroxy and R10—O—.
R3.2:
R3 being selected from the group of H—, hydroxyl and C1-6-alkyl-O—, whereby C1-6-alkyl-O— may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and HO—.
R3.3:
R3 being H.
Substituents R4 and R5 are defined by the following definitions R4/5.m whereby the index m describes the order of preference, ascending from (i.e. R4/5.1) to preferably (i.e. R4/5.2), and so on:
R4/5.1:
R4 and R5 independently of one another being selected from the group of H—, fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, and C1-3-alkyl-,
or
R4 and R5 together with the carbon atom to which they are bound form a 3- to 6-membered cycloalkyl group,
where the above-mentioned members including the carbocyclic ring formed may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of
fluorine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-O— and (C1-6-alkyl-)2N—CO—.
R4/5.2:
R4 and R5 independently of one another being selected from the group of H—, fluorine and methyl.
R4/5.3:
R4 and R5 being H—.
Substituent R10 is defined by the following definitions R10.0.n, respectively R10.n, whereby the index n describes the order of preference. The preference ascends from R10.0.1 to preferably R10.0.2, and so on up to R10.4:
R10.0.1:
R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of
H— (but not in case it is part of a group being selected from R10O—CO—, R10—SO2— or R10—CO—), F3C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl-, heteroaryl, and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl-,

and in case where two R10 groups both are bound to the same nitrogen atom they may together with said nitrogen atom form a 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein one of the —CH2-groups of the heterocycloalkyl ring formed may be replaced by —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl)-, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl)- or —N(C1-4-alkyl)- preferably, and in particular preferably in case of (R10)2N—CO—, these two R10 together with said nitrogen atom they are bound to form a group selected from the group of piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl and thiomorpholinyl,

and

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl- and C1-6-alkyl-O—.

R10.0.2:

R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of H— (but not in case it is part of a group being selected from R10O—CO—, R10—SO2— or R10—CO—), C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-, aryl and heteroaryl,
and in case where two R10 groups both are bound to the same nitrogen atom they may together with said nitrogen atom form a 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein one of the —CH2-groups of the heterocycloalkyl ring formed may be replaced by —O—, —NH—, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl)-, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl)- or —N(C1-4-alkyl)- and

preferably, and in particular preferably in case of (R10)2N—CO—, these two R10 together with said nitrogen atom they are bound to form a group selected from the group of piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl and thiomorpholinyl, and

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, NC—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-O—.

R10.0.3:

R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of H— (but not in case it is part of a group being selected from R10O—CO—, R10—SO2— or R10—CO—), C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, aryl and heteroaryl, preferably aryl is phenyl and also preferably heteroaryl is selected from the group of oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, and pyrimidinyl;
where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-O—.
R10.0.4:
R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl and pyridyl and in case R10 is a substituent of a nitrogen atom R10 is selected from the group of H, C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl and pyridyl;
where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-O—.
R10.0.5:
R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of methyl-, ethyl- and tert.-butyl, and in case R10 is a substituent of a nitrogen atom R10 is selected from the group of H, methyl-, ethyl- and tert.-butyl;
where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more fluorine(s).
R10.1:
R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of H— (but not in case it is part of a group being selected from R10O—CO—, R10—SO2— or R10—CO—), F3C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl-, heteroaryl, and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl-,
and in case where two R10 groups both are bound to the same nitrogen atom they may together with said nitrogen atom form a 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein one of the —CH2-groups of the heterocycloalkyl ring formed may be replaced by —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl)-, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl)- or —N(C1-4-alkyl)- preferably, and in particular preferably in case of (R10)2N—CO—, these two R10 groups together with said nitrogen atom they are bound to form a group selected from piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl and thiomorpholinyl, and

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl- and C1-6-alkyl-O—.

R10.2:

R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of
C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, aryl and heteroaryl,
and in case where two R10 groups both are bound to the same nitrogen atom they may together with said nitrogen atom form a 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein one of the —CH2-groups of the heterocycloalkyl ring formed may be replaced by —O—, —NH—, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl)-, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl)- or —N(C1-4-alkyl)- preferably, and in particular preferably in case of (R10)2N—CO—, these two R10 together with said nitrogen they are bound to form a group selected from piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl and thiomorpholinyl,

and

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, NC—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-O—.

R10.3:

R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of
C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, aryl and heteroaryl
where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-O—.
R10.4:
R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl and pyridyl
where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-O—.
x=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2, more preferably x=0, 1 and more preferably x=0; if not specified otherwise in the context;
y=0, or 1, preferably y=0, if not specified otherwise in the context;
with the proviso for each applicable embodiment of formula I of the invention—such as for example embodiments that comprise Hc1 and Hc3—that


    
    
        if Hc is oxetanyl, which is bound via the carbon atom next to the oxygen of the oxetanyl, there is no substituent attached to said carbon atom via a —CH2— spacer.
    
    


The values of x and y are independent from each other.
The index symbols i, j, k, l, m, n in R1.j, R2.k etc. are indices, each of which shall have the meaning of an integer figure: 1, 2, 3, etc. so that each R1.j, R2.k etc. represents a characterised, individual embodiment of the corresponding substituents for which R1.j, R2.k etc. are the definitions.
So given the above definitions, a generic genius of compounds according to formula I is fully characterised by the term (HciR1.jR2.kR3.lR4/5.mR10.n) if for each letter i, j, k, l, m and n an individual figure is given whereby—if not indicated otherwise in a specific context—for each such embodiment (HciR1.jR2.kR3.lR4/5.mR10.n) x shall be 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2 and y shall be 0 or 1 and with the proviso for each applicable embodiment of formula I of the invention that if Hc is oxetanyl, which is bound via the carbon atom next to the oxygen of the oxetanyl, there is no substituent attached to said carbon atom via a —CH2— group.
In other words, each embodiment (HciR1.jR2.kR3.lR4/5.mR10.n) represents a fully characterised genius or subset genius according to the general formula I, i.e. a generic genius of compounds that is subject of the present invention.
Such embodiment defines the variables Hc, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and if applicable R10 of formula I and wherein—if not in a specific context indicated otherwise—x shall be 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably being 0, 1 or 2 and y shall be 0 or 1 and with the proviso for each applicable embodiment of formula I of the invention that if Hc is oxetanyl, which is bound via the carbon atom next to the oxygen of the oxetanyl, there is no substituent attached to said carbon atom via a —CH2— group.
In a 1st general aspect of the present invention, the compound or compounds of the present invention is (are) defined by the following embodiment according to the general formula I characterised by
Hc1R1.0.1R2.0.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.0.1 
with
x independently from of any y: x=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2
y independently of any x: y=0 or 1,
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and/or solvates and/or tautomeres etc. thereof;
with the proviso that


    
    
        if Hc is oxetanyl, which is bound via the carbon atom next to the oxygen of the oxetanyl, there is no substituent attached to said carbon atom via a —CH2— spacer.
    
    


According to the above, this means that the 1st aspect of the present invention is related to compounds according to general formula I




with

Hc as defined by Hc1;

R1 as defined by R1.0.1;

R2 as defined by R2.0.1;

R3 as defined by R3.1;

R4 and R4/ as defined by R4/5.1;

R10 as defined by R10.0.1;

x independently from of any y: x being 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2;

y independently of any x: y=0 or 1;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and/or solvates and/or tautomeres etc. thereof;

with the proviso that

    
    
        if Hc is oxetanyl, which is bound via the carbon atom next to the oxygen of the oxetanyl, there is no substituent attached to said carbon atom via a —CH2— spacer.
    
    


Thus this 1st aspect of the inventions is defined as a compound according to general formula I




with

Hc is a mono-, bi- or tricyclic heterocyclyl group, the ring members of which are carbon atoms and at least 1, preferably 1, 2 or 3, heteroatom(s), which are selected from the group of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, which is in the form of —S(O)r— with r being 0, 1 or 2, and

    
    
        said heterocyclyl group is or comprises 1 non-aromatic, saturated, or partly unsaturated monocyclic ring which comprises at least 1 heteroatom as ring member and
        said heterocyclyl group is bound to the scaffold by said 1 non-aromatic, saturated, or partly unsaturated monocyclic ring which comprises at least 1 heteroatom as ring member;

R1 being selected from the group of

C1-8-alkyl-, C2-8-alkenyl-, C2-8-alkynyl-, C1-6-alkyl-S—, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl-, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl-, and heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl-,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxo, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—S—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-O—, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-O—, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl-O—, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-O—, N-linked-pyridine-2-one, N-linked-pyridine-2-one-C1-6-alkyl-, N-linked-pyridine-2-one-C1-6-alkyl-O—, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-O— with C3-7-heterocycloalkyl being bound to 0 via one of its ring C-atoms, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-O— with C3-7-heterocycloalkyl being bound to the C1-6-alkyl- via one of its ring-C-atoms, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—(R10)N—, R10O—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—SO2—(R10)N—, R10—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—, (R10)2N—SO2—C1-6-alkyl-, and/or C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

whereby any of the C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, aryl-, heteroaryl-, N-linked-pyridine-2-one-, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl- groups mentioned above may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—S—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—S—, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—(R10)N—, R10O—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—O—, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—, (R10)2N—SO2—(R10)N—, (R10)2N—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—SO2—(R10)N—, R10—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—(R10)2N—SO2—C1-6-alkyl-, and/or C1-6-alkyl-SO2—;

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of:

H—, fluorine, NC—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, carboxy-, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C2-6-alkynyl-, C1-6-alkyl-S—, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl-, preferably C1-6-alkyl-S—C2-3-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl-, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl-, heteroaryl-, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl-, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl-, R10—O—C2-3-alkyl-, (R10)2N—, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—, R10—O—CO—(R10)N—, R10—SO2—(R10)N—, C1-6-alkyl-SO2— and oxo,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-3-alkyl-, and (R10)2N—CO—,

and in case R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, F3C—CH2—, HF2C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C2-6-alkynyl-, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-3-alkyl-, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—, R10—SO2—, or C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-3-alkyl-, and (R10)2N—CO—;

R3 being selected from the group of

H—, hydroxy and R10—O—;

R4 and R5 independently of one another being selected from the group of H—, fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, and C1-3-alkyl-,

or

R4 and R5 together with the carbon atom to which they are bound form a 3- to 6-membered cycloalkyl group,

where the above-mentioned members including the carbocyclic ring formed may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of

fluorine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-O— and (C1-6-alkyl-)2N—CO—;

R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of

H— (but not in case it is part of a group being selected from R10O—CO—, R10—SO2— or R10—CO—), F3C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl-, heteroaryl, and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl-,

and in case where two R10 groups both are bound to the same nitrogen atom they may together with said nitrogen atom form a 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein one of the —CH2-groups of the heterocycloalkyl ring formed may be replaced by —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl)-, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl)- or —N(C1-4-alkyl)-, preferably, and in particular preferably in case of (R10)2N—CO—, these two R10 together with said nitrogen atom they are bound to form a group selected from the group of piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl and thiomorpholinyl,

and

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl- and C1-6-alkyl-O—;

x independently of any y: x=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2, preferably x=0 or 1, more preferably x=0;

y independently of any x: y=0, or 1, more preferably y=0;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,

with the proviso for each applicable embodiment of formula I of the invention that

        if Hc is oxetanyl, which is bound via the carbon atom next to the oxygen of the oxetanyl, there is no substituent attached to said carbon atom via a —CH2-spacer*.

*This means that no substituent comprises a CH2-group by which it is bound to oxetanyl.

    
    


A 2nd aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to general formula I of the 1st aspect of the invention, wherein
Hc is a heterocyclyl group according to a formula being selected from the group of formulae I.1, I.2 and I.3:




with

n=1, 2, 3;

X1, X2, X3, independently from each other being CH2, CHR2, CHR3, C(R2)2, CR2R3, O, NH, NR2, or S(O)r with r=0, 1, 2, whereby at least one of X1, X2, X3 is O, NH, NR2 or S(O)r;

#: meaning that the ring is not aromatic while for n=1 one bond within the ring system optionally may be a double bond and for n=2 or n=3 one bond or two bonds within the ring system optionally may be (a) double bond(s), thereby replacing ring-member bound hydrogen atoms, whereby such double bond(s) preferably being a C—C double bond, more preferably the ring being saturated;





with

A being the ring system of formula I.1;

B being a 3, 4, 5 or 6 membered second ring system that is annelated to A and that besides the two atoms and one bond—which may be a single or a double bond—it shares with A consists only of carbon atoms and that may be saturated, partially saturated or aromatic; the substituents R2 and/or R3 independently of each other and independently of each x or y may be at ring A or ring B; whereby the two ring atoms that are shared by the two ring systems A and B both may be carbon atoms, both may be nitrogen atoms or one may be a carbon and the other one may be a nitrogen atom, whereby two carbon atoms or one carbon and one nitrogen atom are preferred and two carbon atoms are more preferred;





with

A, being the ring system of formula I.1;

C being a 3, 4, 5 or 6 membered saturated or partially saturated second ring system that is spiro fused to A and that besides the one atom it shares with A consists only of carbon atoms and the substituents R2 and/or R3 independently of each other and independently of each x and y may be at ring A or ring C;

R1 being selected from the group of

C1-8-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxo, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, N-linked-pyridine-2-one, N-linked-pyridine-2-one-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl-O—, tetrahydropyranyl-O—, piperidinyl-O— with piperidinyl being bound to 0 via one of its ring C-atoms, pyrrolidinyl-O— with pyrrolidinyl being bound to 0 via one of its ring C-atoms, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—O—, and/or R10O—CO—(R10)N—,

whereby any of the C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, aryl, heteroaryl, N-linked-pyridine-2-one, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl-, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl- groups mentioned above may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, benzyl-O—, and/or (R10)2N—CO—, whereby piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl preferably are substituted by R10—CO—;

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of

H—, fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—F3C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl- (preferably C2-6-alkyl), (R10)2N—CO— and R10—CO—(R10)N—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and C1-6-alkyl-,

and in case R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, F3C—CH2—, HF2C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-3-alkyl-, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—, or C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine and C1-6-alkyl-;

R3 being selected from the group of

H—, hydroxy, C1-6-alkyl-O—, whereby C1-6-alkyl-O— may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and HO—;

R4 and R5 independently of one another being selected from the group of H—, fluorine, and methyl;

R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of

H— (but not in case it is part of a group being selected from R10O—CO— or R10—CO—), C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-, aryl and heteroaryl,

and in case where two R10 groups both are bound to the same nitrogen atom they may together with said nitrogen atom form a 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein one of the —CH2-groups of the heterocycloalkyl ring formed may be replaced by —O—, —NH—, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl)-, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl)- or —N(C1-4-alkyl)-, preferably, and in particular preferably in case of (R10)2N—CO—, these two R10 together with said nitrogen atom they are bound to form a group selected from the group of piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl and thiomorpholinyl, and

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, NC—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-O—;

x independently of any y: x=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2, preferably x=0 or 1, more preferably x=0;

y independently of any x: y=0, or 1, more preferably y=0;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

A 3rd aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to general formula I of the 1st aspect of the invention, wherein
Hc is a monocyclic, non-aromatic, saturated heterocyclic group of 4 to 8, preferably 5, 6 or 7 ring atoms, whereby said ring atoms are carbon atoms and 1, 2 or 3 heteroatom(s), preferably 1 heteroatom, the heteroatom(s) being selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur, the sulphur being in the form of —S(O)r— with r being 0, 1 or 2, preferably with r being 0 and whereby preferably said heterocyclic group being attached to the scaffold by a carbon ring atom which is not directly attached to said ring heteroatom;

R1 being selected from the group of

C1-8-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxo, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, N-linked-pyridine-2-one, N-linked-pyridine-2-one-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl-O—, tetrahydropyranyl-O—, piperidinyl-O— with piperidinyl being bound to O via one of its ring C-atoms, pyrrolidinyl-O— with pyrrolidinyl being bound to O via one of its ring C-atoms, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—O—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—O—, and/or R10O—CO—(R10)N—,

whereby any of the C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, aryl, heteroaryl, N-linked-pyridine-2-one, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl-, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl- groups mentioned above may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, benzyl-O—, and/or (R10)2N—CO—, whereby piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl preferably are substituted by R10—CO—;

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of H— and C1-6-alkyl-,

and in case R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, C1-6-alkyl-CO—, C1-6-alkyl-O—CO—, C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl-CO—, phenyl-O—CO—, (C1-6-alkyl)2N—CO—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more fluorine substituents;

R3 being selected from the group of

H—, hydroxy and C1-6-alkyl-O—, whereby C1-6-alkyl-O— may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and HO—;

R4 and R5 independently of one another being selected from the group of H—, fluorine, and methyl, preferably both being H;

R10 independently from any other R10 selected from the group of C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl and pyridyl and in case R10 is a substituent of a nitrogen atom R10 is selected from the group of H, C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl and pyridyl,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-O—;

x independently of any y: x=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2, preferably x=0 or 1, more preferably x=0;

y independently of any x: y=0, or 1, more preferably y=0;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,

with the proviso that

    
    
        if Hc is oxetanyl, which is bound via the carbon atom next to the oxygen of the oxetanyl, there is no substituent attached to said carbon atom via a —CH2-group*.

*This means that no substituent comprises a CH2-group by which it is bound to oxetanyl.

    
    


A 4th aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to general formula I of the 1st aspect of the invention, wherein
Hc is selected from the group of tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperazinyl, whereby preferably the tetrahydropyranyl is 3- or 4-tetrahydropyranyl, the tetrahydrofuranyl is 3-tetrahydrofuranyl, and the piperidinyl is 3- or 4-piperidinyl; more preferably Hc is tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and thereof preferably, 3- and 4-tetrahydropyranyl, 3- and 4-piperidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl;

R1 being selected from the group of

C1-8-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxo, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, N-linked-pyridine-2-one, N-linked-pyridine-2-one-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl-O—, tetrahydropyranyl-O—, piperidinyl-O— with piperidinyl being bound to 0 via one of its ring C-atoms, pyrrolidinyl-O— with pyrrolidinyl being bound to 0 via one of its ring C-atoms, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—O—, and/or R10O—CO—(R10)N—,

whereby any of the C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, aryl, heteroaryl, N-linked-pyridine-2-one, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl-, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl- groups mentioned above may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, benzyl-O—, and/or (R10)2N—CO—, whereby piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl preferably are substituted by R10—CO—;

R2 independently of any other potential R2 being selected from the group of H— and C1-6-alkyl-,

and in cases R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, C1-6-alkyl-CO—, C1-6-alkyl-O—CO—, C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl-CO—, phenyl-O—CO—, (C1-6-alkyl)2N—CO—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more fluorine substituents;

R3 being selected from the group of

H—, hydroxy and C1-6-alkyl-O—, whereby C1-6-alkyl-O— may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and HO—;

R4 and R5 independently of one another being selected from the group of H—, fluorine, and methyl, preferably R4 and R5 both being H;

R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl and pyridyl and in case R10 is a substituent of a nitrogen atom R10 is selected from the group of H, C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl and pyridyl,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-O—;

x independently of any y: x=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2, preferably x=0 or 1, more preferably x=0;

y independently of any x: y=0, or 1, more preferably y=0;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

A 5th aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to general formula I of the 1st aspect of the invention, wherein
Hc is selected from the group of tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and piperazinyl, whereby preferably the tetrahydropyranyl is 3- or 4-tetrahydropyranyl, the tetrahydrofuranyl is 3-tetrahydrofuranyl, and the piperidinyl is 3- or 4-piperidinyl; more preferably Hc is tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and thereof preferably, 3- and 4-tetrahydropyranyl, 3- and 4-piperidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl;

R1 being selected from the group of

phenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentylmethyl, ethyl, propyl, 1- and 2-butyl-, 1-, 2- and 3-pentyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl,

where these groups may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxo, HO—, NC—, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-O—, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-O—, CF3O—, CF3—, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO— and/or phenyl,

whereby the oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl and phenyl group mentioned above may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, CH3—, CF3—, CH3O—, CF3O—, H2NCO—, NC—, morpholinyl and/or benzyl-O—;

R2 independently of any other potential R2 being selected from the group of H— and C1-6-alkyl-,

and in cases R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, C1-6-alkyl-CO—, C1-6-alkyl-O—CO—, C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl-CO—, phenyl-O—CO—, (C1-6-alkyl)2N—CO—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more fluorine substituents;

R3 being selected from the group of

H—, hydroxyl and C1-6-alkyl-O—, whereby C1-6-alkyl-O— may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and HO—;

R4 and R5 independently of one another being selected from the group of H—, fluorine, and methyl, preferably R4 and R5 both being H;

R10 independently from any other R10 is selected from the group of H, C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl and pyridyl,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-O—;

x independently from each other x=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2.

preferably x=0 or 1, more preferably x=0;

y independently from each other y=0, or 1, more preferably y=0;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

A 6th aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to general formula I of the 1st aspect of the invention, wherein
Hc is selected from the group of tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, preferably tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and thereof preferably, 3- and 4-tetrahydropyranyl, 3- and 4-piperidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl;

R1 being selected from the group of

phenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridyl-, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, ethyl, 1- and 2-propyl, 1- and 2-butyl-, 1-, 2- and 3-pentyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl,

where these groups may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxo, NC—, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-, CF3O—, CF3—, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, pyridyl, and/or phenyl,

whereby the oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, pyridyl and phenyl group mentioned above may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, CH3—, CH3O—, H2NCO— and/or NC—;

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of H— or C1-6-alkyl-,

and in cases R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, C1-6-alkyl-CO—, C1-6-alkyl-O—CO—, C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl-CO—, phenyl-O—CO—, C1-6-alkyl)2N—CO—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more fluorine substituents;

R3 being selected from the group of

H—, hydroxy and C1-6-alkyl-O—, whereby C1-6-alkyl-O— may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and HO—;

R4 and R5 independently of one another being selected from the group of H—, fluorine, and methyl, preferably R4 and R5 both being H;

x independently of any y: x=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2, preferably x=0 or 1, more preferably x=0;

y independently of any x: y=0, or 1, more preferably y=0;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

A 7th aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to general formula I of the 1st aspect of the invention, wherein
Hc is selected from the group of piperidinyl and pyrrolidinyl, preferably 3- or 4-piperidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl;
R1 being selected from the group of
phenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridyl-, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, ethyl, 1- and 2-propyl, 1- and 2-butyl-, 1-, 2- and 3-pentyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl,
where these groups may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxo, NC—, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-, CF3O—, CF3—, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, pyridyl, and/or phenyl,

whereby the oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, pyridyl and phenyl group mentioned above may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, CH3—, CH3O—, H2NCO— and/or NC—;

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of H— and C1-6-alkyl-,

and in cases R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, C1-6-alkyl-CO—, C1-6-alkyl-O—CO—, C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl-CO—, phenyl-O—CO—, (C1-6-alkyl)2N—CO—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more fluorine substituents;

R3 being selected from the group of

H—, hydroxy and C1-6-alkyl-O—, whereby C1-6-alkyl-O— may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and HO—;

R4 and R5 independently of one another being selected from the group of H—, fluorine, and methyl, preferably R4 and R5 both being H;

x independently of any y: x=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2, preferably x=0 or 1, more preferably x=0;

y independently of any x: y=0, or 1, more preferably y=0;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

A 8th aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to general formula I of the 1st aspect of the invention, wherein
Hc is selected from the group of piperidinyl and pyrrolidinyl, preferably 3- or 4-piperidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl;
R1 being selected from the group of
phenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridyl-, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentylmethyl, ethyl, propyl, 1- and 2-butyl-, 1-, 2- and 3-pentyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl,
where these groups may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of each other selected from the group consisting of NC—, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-, CF3O—, CF3— and halogen, the halogen preferably being selected from fluorine, chlorine and bromine.

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of H— and C1-6-alkyl-,

and in cases R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, C1-6-alkyl-CO—, C1-6-alkyl-O—CO—, C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl-CO—, phenyl-O—CO—, (C1-6-alkyl)2N—CO—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more fluorine substituents;

R4 and R5 both being H

x=0 or 1;

y=0;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

An 9th aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to general formula I of the 1st aspect of the invention, wherein
Hc is selected from the group of tetrahydropyranyl and tetrahydrofuranyl, preferably 3- or 4-tetrahydropyranyl and 3-tetrahydrofuranyl.
R1 being selected from the group of
phenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridyl-, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, ethyl, 1- and 2-propyl, 1- and 2-butyl-, 1-, 2- and 3-pentyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl,
where these groups may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxo, NC—, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-, CF3O—, CF3—, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, pyridyl, and/or phenyl,

whereby the oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, pyridyl and phenyl group mentioned above may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, CH3—, CH3O—, H2NCO— and/or NC—;

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of H— and C1-6-alkyl-,

where the above-mentioned C1-6-alkyl-group(s) may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more fluorine substituents;

R3 being selected from the group of

H—, hydroxy and C1-6-alkyl-O—, whereby C1-6-alkyl-O— may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and HO—;

R4 and R5 independently of one another being selected from the group of H—, fluorine, and methyl, preferably R4 and R5 both being H;

x independently of any y: x=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2, preferably x=0 or 1, most preferably x=0;

y independently of any x: y=0, or 1, most preferably y=0;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

A 10th aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to general formula I of the 1st aspect of the invention, wherein
Hc is selected from the group of tetrahydropyranyl and tetrahydrofuranyl, preferably 3- or 4-tetrahydropyranyl and 3-tetrahydrofuranyl.
R1 being selected from the group of
phenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridyl-, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentylmethyl, ethyl, propyl, 1- and 2-butyl-, 1-, 2- and 3-pentyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl,
where these groups may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of each other selected from the group consisting of NC—, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-, CF3O—, CF3— and halogen, the halogen preferably being selected from fluorine, chlorine and bromine.

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of H— and C1-6-alkyl-,

where the above-mentioned C1-6-alkyl-group(s) may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more fluorine substituents;

R3 being selected from the group of

H—, hydroxy and C1-6-alkyl-O—, whereby C1-6-alkyl-O— may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and HO—;

R4 and R5 independently of one another being selected from the group of H—, fluorine, and methyl, preferably R4 and R5 both being H;

x independently of any y: x=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2, preferably x=0 or 1, most preferably x=0;

y independently of any x: y=0, or 1, most preferably y=0;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

An 11th aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to general formula I of the 1st aspect of the invention, wherein
Hc is selected from the group of tetrahydropyranyl and tetrahydrofuranyl, preferably 3- or 4-tetrahydropyranyl and 3-tetrahydrofuranyl.
R1 being selected from the group of
phenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridyl-, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentylmethyl, ethyl, propyl, 1- and 2-butyl-, 1-, 2- and 3-pentyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl,
where these groups may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of each other selected from the group consisting of NC—, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-, CF3O—, CF3— and halogen, the halogen preferably being selected from fluorine, chlorine and bromine.

R4 and R5 both being H

x=0;

y=0;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

A 12th aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to general formula I




wherein;

Hc is a mono-, bi- or tricyclic heterocyclyl group, the ring members of which are carbon atoms and at least 1, preferably 1, 2 or 3, heteroatom(s), which are selected from the group of nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur, which is in the form of —S(O)r— with r being 0, 1 or 2, and

    
    
        said heterocyclyl group is or comprises 1 non-aromatic, saturated, or partly unsaturated monocyclic ring which comprises at least 1 heteroatom as ring member and
        said heterocyclyl group is bound to the scaffold by said 1 non-aromatic, saturated, or partly unsaturated monocyclic ring which comprises at least 1 heteroatom as ring member.
    
    


R1 being selected from the group of
C1-8-alkyl-, C2-8-alkenyl-, C2-8-alkynyl-, C1-6-alkyl-S—, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, and heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—S—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-O—, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-O—, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl-O—, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-O—, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-O— with C3-7-heterocycloalkyl being bound to 0 via one of its ring C-atoms, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-O— with C3-7-heterocycloalkyl being bound to the C1-6-alkyl- via one of its ring-C-atoms, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—S—, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—SO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—(R10)N—, R10O—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—SO2—(R10)2N—, R10—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—, (R10)2N—SO2—C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

whereby any of the C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, aryl-, heteroaryl-groups mentioned above may optionally be substituted preferably independently of each other by HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—S—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—S—, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—, R10O—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—(R10)N—, R10O—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—O—, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—, (R10)2N—SO2—(R10)N—, (R10)2N—CO—O—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—SO2—(R10)N—, R10—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—SO2—, (R10)2N—SO2—C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-SO2—;

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of

H—, fluorine, NC—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, carboxy-, C1-6-alkyl- (preferably C2-6-alkyl), C2-6-alkenyl-, C2-6-alkynyl-, C1-6-alkyl-S—, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C2-3-alkyl-, (R10)2N—, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—(R10)N—, R10—SO2—(R10)N—, and C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-3-alkyl-, and (R10)2N—CO—,

and in case R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, F3C—CH2—, HF2C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C2-6-alkynyl-, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-3-alkyl-, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—, R10—SO2—, or C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-3-alkyl-, and (R10)2N—CO—;

R3 independently being selected from the group of H—, hydroxy and R10—O—;

R4 and R5 independently of one another being selected from the group of H—, fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, and C1-3-alkyl-,

or

R4 and R5 together with the carbon atom to which they are bound form a 3- to 6-membered cycloalkyl group,

where the above-mentioned members including the carbocyclic ring formed may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of

fluorine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-O— and (C1-6-alkyl-)2N—CO—;

R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of

H— (but not in case it is part of a group being selected from R10O—CO—, R10—SO2— or R10—CO—), F3C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl-, C2-6-alkenyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl-, heteroaryl, and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl-,

and in case where two R10 groups both are bound to the same nitrogen atom they may together with said nitrogen atom form a 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein one of the —CH2-groups of the heterocycloalkyl ring formed may be replaced by —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl)-, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl)- or —N(C1-4-alkyl)- preferably, and in particular preferably in case of (R10)2N—CO—, these two R10 groups together with said nitrogen atom they are bound to form a group selected from piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl and thiomorpholinyl, and where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl- and C1-6-alkyl-O—;

x independently from each other x=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2, preferably x=0 or 1, more preferably x=0;

y independently from each other y=0, or 1, more preferably y=0;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms or solvates thereof,

with the proviso that

    
    
        if Hc is oxetanyl, which is bound via the carbon atom next to the oxygen of the oxetanyl, there is no substituent attached to said carbon atom via a —CH2— spacer.
    
    


A 13th aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to general formula I of the 12th aspect of the invention, wherein
Hc is a heterocyclyl group according to a formula being selected from the group of formulae I.1, I.2 and I.3:




with

n=1, 2, 3;

X1, X2, X3, independently from each other being CH2, CHR2, CHR3, C(R2)2, CR2R3, O, NH, NR2, or S(O)r with r=0, 1, 2, whereby at least one of X1, X2, X3 is O, NH, NR2 or S(O)r;

#: meaning that the ring is not aromatic, while for n=1 one bond within the ring system optionally may be a double bond and for n=2 or n=3 one bond or two bonds within the ring system optionally may be (a) double bond(s), thereby replacing ring-member bound hydrogen atoms, whereby such double bond(s) preferably being a C—C double bond, more preferably the ring being saturated;





with

A being the ring system of formula I.1;

B being a 3, 4, 5 or 6 membered second ring system that is annelated to A and that besides the two atoms and one bond—which may be a single or a double bond—it shares with A consists only of carbon atoms and that may be saturated, partially saturated or aromatic; the substituents R2 and/or R3 independently of each other and independently of each x or y may be at ring A or ring B; whereby the two ring atoms that are shared by the two ring systems A and B both may be carbon atoms, both may be nitrogen atoms or one may be a carbon and the other one may be a nitrogen atom, whereby two carbon atoms or one carbon and one nitrogen atom are preferred and two carbon atoms are more preferred;





with

A, being the ring system of formula I.1;

C being a 3, 4, 5 or 6 membered saturated or partially saturated second ring system that is spiro fused to A and that besides the one atom it shares with A consists only of carbon atoms and the substituents R2 and/or R3 independently of each other and independently of each x and y may be at ring A or ring C;

R1 being selected from the group of

C1-8-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, aryl and heteroaryl,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl-O—, tetrahydropyranyl-O—, piperidinyl-O— with piperidinyl being bound to 0 via one of its ring C-atoms, pyrrolidinyl-O— with pyrrolidinyl being bound to 0 via one of its ring C-atoms, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—O—, and R10O—CO—(R10)N—;

whereby any of the C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, aryl, heteroaryl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl-groups mentioned above may optionally be substituted preferably independently of each other by NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, or (R10)2N—CO—, whereby piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl preferably are substituted by R10—CO—;

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of

H—, fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl- (preferably C2-6-alkyl), (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—(R10)N—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and C1-6-alkyl-,

and in case R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, F3C—CH2—, HF2C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-3-alkyl-, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—, or C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine and C1-6-alkyl-;

R3 independently of any other R3 being selected from the group of

H—, hydroxy and C1-6-alkyl-O—, whereby C1-6-alkyl-O— may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and HO—; preferably R3 being H;

R4 and R5 independently of one another being selected from the group of H—, fluorine, and methyl; preferably independently of one another being H— or fluorine, more preferably R4 and R5 being H;

R10 independently from any other potential R10 being selected from the group of

C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, aryl and heteroaryl,

and in case where two R10 groups both are bound to the same nitrogen atom they may together with said nitrogen atom form a 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, and wherein one of the —CH2-groups of the heterocycloalkyl ring formed may be replaced by —O—, —NH—, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl)-, —N(C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl)- or —N(C1-4-alkyl)- preferably, and in particular preferably in case of (R10)2N—CO—, these two R10 together with said nitrogen they are bound to form a group selected from piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl and thiomorpholinyl,

and

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, NC—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-O—;

x independently from each other x=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2, preferably x=0 or 1, more preferably x=0;

y independently from each other y=0, or 1, more preferably y=0;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms or solvates thereof.

An 14th aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to general formula I of the 12th aspect of the invention, wherein
Hc being a heterocyclyl group selected from the group of







R1 being selected from the group of

C1-8-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, aryl and heteroaryl,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, HO—, NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, HO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl-O—, tetrahydropyranyl-O—, piperidinyl-O— with piperidinyl being bound to 0 via one of its ring C-atoms, pyrrolidinyl-O— with pyrrolidinyl being bound to 0 via one of its ring C-atoms, (R10)2N—, (R10)2N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, (R10)2N—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—C1-6-alkyl-, R10—CO—(R10)N—, R10—CO—(R10)N—C1-6-alkyl-, R10O—CO—O—, and R10O—CO—(R10)N—;

whereby any of the C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, aryl, heteroaryl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl-groups mentioned above may optionally be substituted preferably independently of each other by NC—, O2N—, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, F3C—O—, HF2C—O—, R10—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—, R10—CO—, R10O—CO—, or (R10)2N—CO—, whereby piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl preferably are substituted by R10—CO—;

R2 independently of any other R2 being selected from the group of

H—, fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl- (preferably C2-6-alkyl), (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—(R10)N—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and C1-6-alkyl-,

and in cases R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, F3C—CH2—, HF2C—CH2—, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl-, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl-, R10—O—C1-3-alkyl-, R10O—CO—, (R10)2N—CO—, R10—CO—, or C1-6-alkyl-SO2—,

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine and C1-6-alkyl-;

R3 independently of any other R3 being selected from the group of

H—, hydroxyl and C1-6-alkyl-O—, whereby C1-6-alkyl-O— may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and HO—;

R4 and R5 independently of one another being selected from the group of H—, fluorine, and methyl; preferably independently of one another being selected from the group of H— and fluorine, more preferably R4 and R5 being H;

R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of

C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-, aryl and heteroaryl

where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-O—;

x independently from each other x=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2, preferably x=0 or 1, more preferably x=0;

y independently from each other y=0, or 1, more preferably y=0;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms or solvates thereof

with the proviso that

    
    
        if Hc is oxetanyl, which is bound via the carbon atom next to the oxygen of the oxetanyl, there is no substituent attached to said carbon atom via a —CH2— spacer.
    
    


A 15th aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to the 13th aspect of the invention, wherein
Hc being selected from the group of tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl;
and
R2 independently of any other R2 being H— or C1-6-alkyl-,
and in cases R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2: H—, C1-6-alkyl-CO—, C1-6-alkyl-O—CO—, C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl-CO—, phenyl-O—CO—, (C1-6-alkyl)2N—CO—,
where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more fluorine substituents;
and
R4 and R5 being H
and
R10 independently from any other R10 being selected from the group of C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl, and pyridyl
where the above-mentioned members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, F3C—, HF2C—, FH2C—, F3C—CH2—, CH3—O—C1-6-alkyl-, C1-6-alkyl-, and C1-6-alkyl-O—.
A 16th aspect of the inventions concerns a compound according to the 15th aspect of the invention, wherein
R1 being selected from the group of
phenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentylmethyl, ethyl, propyl, 1- and 2-butyl-, 1-, 2- and 3-pentyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl,
where these groups may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of HO—, NC—, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-O—, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl-O—, CF3O—, CF3—, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, C3-7-heterocycloalkyl- and C3-7-heterocycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl-.
A 17th aspect of the inventions concerns a compound with all features according to the 16th aspect of the invention, except in that
R1 being selected from the group of
phenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridyl-, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentylmethyl, ethyl, propyl, 1- and 2-butyl-, 1-, 2- and 3-pentyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl,
where these groups may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of NC—, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-, CF3O—, CF3— and halogen, the halogen preferably being selected from the group of fluorine, chlorine and bromine.
A specific aspect of the inventions (18th aspect) concerns—independently of each other and separable therefrom—each of the following compounds and/or wherever applicable each specific stereoisomer thereof and/or tautomer thereof and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Each compound is represented and considered in form of the neutral compound without indicating the stereochemistry thereof if any. The left hand column indicates the example the compound derives from. Specific information concerning stereochemical properties can be taken from the experimental section, section Exemplary embodiments. In case the final compounds according to said section Exemplary embodiments are salts forms, they can be converted into the neutral compound (free base or acid) by conventional methods.











example



No.
structure







 1






 


 2






 


 3






 


 4






 


 5






 


 6






 


 7






 


 8






 


 9






 


 10






 


 11






 


 12






 


 13






 


 14






 


 15






 


 16






 


 17






 


 18






 


 19






 


 20






 


 21






 


 22






 


 23






 


 24






 


 25






 


 26






 


 27






 


 28






 


 29






 


 30






 


 31






 


 32






 


 33






 


 34






 


 35






 


 36






 


 37






 


 38






 


 39






 


 40






 


 40-1






 


 40-2






 


 40-3






 


 40-4






 


 40-5






 


 40-6






 


 40-7






 


 41






 


 42






 


 43






 


 44






 


 45






 


 46 &  131 &  132






 


 47






 


 48






 


 49






 


 50






 


 51






 


 52






 


 53






 


 54






 


 55






 


 56






 


 57 &   58






 


 60






 


 61 &   62






 


 63






 


 64






 


 65






 


 66






 


 67






 


 68






 


 69






 


 70






 


 71






 


 72






 


 73






 


 74 &  132-3 & 132-4






 


 75






 


 76






 


 77






 


 78






 


 79






 


 80






 


 81






 


 82






 


 83






 


 84






 


 85






 


 86






 


 87






 


 88






 


 89






 


 90






 


 91






 


 92






 


 93






 


 94






 


 95






 


 96






 


 97






 


 98






 


 99






 


100






 


101






 


102






 


103






 


104






 


105






 


106






 


108






 


111 &  118






 


112 &  117






 


113 &  116






 


114 &  115






 


119






 


120






 


121






 


122






 


123






 


124






 


125






 


126






 


127






 


128






 


129






 


130






 


132-1






 


132-2 &  132-5






 


132-6 &  132-9






 


132-7






 


132-8






 


133






 


134






 


135






 


136






 


137






 


138






 


139






 


140






 


141






 


142






 


143






 


144






 


145






 


146






 


147






 


147-1






 


147-2






 


147-3






 


148






 


149






 


150






 


151






 


152






 


153






 


154






 


155






 


156






 


157






 


158






 


159






 


160






 


161






 


162






 


163






 


164






 


165






 


166






 


167






 


168






 


169






 


170






 


171






 


172






 


173






 


174






 


175






 


176






 


177






 


178






 


179






 


180






 


181






 


182






 


183






 


184






 


185






 


186






 


187






 


188






 


189






 


190






 


191,






 


192






 


193






 


194






 


195






 


196






 


197






 


198






 


199






 


200






 


201






 


202






 


203






 


204






 


205






 


206






 


207






 


208






 


209






 


210






 


211






 


212






 


213






 


214






 


215






 


216






 


217






 


218






 


219






 


220






 


221






 


222






 


223






 


224






 


225






 


226






 


227






 


228






 


229






 


230






 


230-1






 


230-2






 


230-3






 


230-4






 


231






 


232






 


233






 


234






 


235






 


236






 


237













These 18 main aspects of the inventions, subgroups thereof and some further other aspects of the invention are listed as elements of the following matrix 0 and matrix I which make reference to the notation (HciR1.jR2.kR3.lR4/5.mR10.n), the reading of which is as defined above, i.e. together with general formula I and the remaining features like x, y, as outlined directly below said matrix 0 or matrix I.
Matrix 0 and matrix I show in the right hand column the embodiments (HciR1.jR2.kR3.lR4/5.mR10.n) of the invention according to general formula I that are considered preferred, independent and separable of each other, i.e. individual aspects of the invention. The left hand column provides a reference number to such embodiments. The embodiments or elements are listed in the order from less preferred to most preferred, the preference of the embodiments is ascending with the reference number. This means that the embodiment, which is presented by the matrix element in the last row, last entry of matrix 0 or matrix I is the most preferred embodiment, while the embodiments of matrix I are preferred over the embodiments of matrix 0.
Aspects 1 to 18 are the main aspects of the invention.
Matrix 0
The first embodiment of this matrix 0 represents the first general aspect of the invention. The following embodiments are subsets thereof.














No.
Embodiment









M0-001
Hc1R1.0.1R2.0.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.0.1



M0-002
Hc2R1.0.2R2.3R3.2R4/5.2R10.0.2



M0-003
Hc2R1.0.2R2.3R3.3R4/5.2R10.0.2



M0-004
Hc3R1.0.2R2.3R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.3



M0-005
Hc3R1.0.2R2.3R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.3



M0-006
Hc7.0R1.0.1R2.0.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.0.1



M0-007
Hc7.0R1.0.2R2.1R3.1R4/5.2R10.0.2



M0-008
Hc7.0R1.0.2R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.0.2



M0-009
Hc7.0R1.0.2R2.3R3.2R4/5.2R10.0.2



M0-010
Hc7.0R1.0.2R2.4R3.2R4/5.2R10.0.2



M0-011
Hc7.0R1.0.2R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-012
Hc7.0R1.0.2R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-013
Hc7.0R1.0.3R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-014
Hc7.0R1.0.3R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-015
Hc7.0R1.0.3R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.5



M0-016
Hc7.0R1.0.3R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.5



M0-017
Hc7.0R1.0.4R2.5R3.2R4/5.3



M0-018
Hc7.1R1.0.1R2.0.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.0.1



M0-019
Hc7.1R1.0.2R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.0.2



M0-020
Hc7.1R1.0.2R2.3R3.2R4/5.2R10.0.2



M0-021
Hc7.1R1.0.2R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-022
Hc7.1R1.0.2R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-023
Hc7.1R1.0.3R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-024
Hc7.1R1.0.3R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.5



M0-025
Hc7.1R1.0.3R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.5



M0-026
Hc7.1R1.0.4R2.5R3.2R4/5.3



M0-027
Hc7.1R1.0.4R2.5R3.3R4/5.3



M0-028
Hc8R1.0.1R2.0.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.0.1



M0-029
Hc8R1.0.2R2.3R3.2R4/5.2R10.0.2



M0-030
Hc8R1.0.2R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-031
Hc8R1.0.2R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-032
Hc8R1.0.3R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-033
Hc8R1.0.3R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-034
Hc8R1.0.3R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.5



M0-035
Hc8R1.0.3R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.5



M0-036
Hc8R1.0.4R2.5R3.2R4/5.3



M0-037
Hc8R1.0.4R2.5R3.3R4/5.3



M0-038
Hc9R1.0.1R2.0.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.0.1



M0-039
Hc9R1.0.2R2.3R3.2R4/5.2R10.0.2



M0-040
Hc9R1.0.2R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-041
Hc9R1.0.2R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-042
Hc9R1.0.3R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-043
Hc9R1.0.3R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-044
Hc9R1.0.3R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.5



M0-045
Hc9R1.0.3R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.5



M0-046
Hc9R1.0.4R2.5R3.2R4/5.3



M0-047
Hc9R1.0.4R2.5R3.3R4/5.3



M0-048
Hc9R1.4R2.4R3.2R4/5.2R10.4



M0-049
Hc9R1.4R2.4R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



M0-050
Hc9R1.4R2.4R3.3R4/5.2R10.4



M0-051
Hc9R1.4R2.4R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



M0-052
Hc10R1.0.1R2.0.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.0.1



M0-053
Hc10R1.0.2R2.3R3.2R4/5.2R10.0.2



M0-054
Hc10R1.0.2R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-055
Hc10R1.0.2R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-056
Hc10R1.0.3R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-057
Hc10R1.0.3R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.4



M0-058
Hc10R1.0.3R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.0.5



M0-059
Hc10R1.0.3R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.0.5



M0-060
Hc10R1.0.4R2.5R3.2R4/5.3



M0-061
Hc10R1.0.4R2.5R3.3R4/5.3



M0-062
Hc10R1.4R2.4R3.2R4/5.2



M0-063
Hc10R1.4R2.4R3.2R4/5.3



M0-064
Hc10R1.4R2.4R3.3R4/5.2



M0-065
Hc10R1.4R2.5R3.2R4/5.3



M0-066
Hc10R1.4R2.5R3.3R4/5.3










whereby for each matrix embodiment of matrix 0:

x independently from each other=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2; preferably being 0 or 1, more preferably x=0:

y independently from each other y=0, or 1; more preferably y=0, whereby specific definitions with the embodiments of the matrix prevail;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and/or solvates thereof.

and with the proviso—for each embodiment of matrix 0 for that this proviso is applicable—such as for embodiments which comprise Hc as defined by Hc1 or Hc3—that

    
    
        if Hc is oxetanyl, which is bound via the carbon atom next to the oxygen of the oxetanyl, there is no substituent attached to said carbon atom via a —CH2— spacer.
    
    


It will be evident, that if x and/or y=0 then Hc is unsubstituted, i.e. the corresponding valences of the ring member atoms are saturated by hydrogen.
In case R10 is not sufficiently defined in matrix 0 it shall be R10.0.4 or R10.0.5, preferably R10.0.5.
Matrix I:














No.
Embodiment









MI-001
Hc1R1.1R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-002
Hc2R1.1R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-003
Hc2R1.2R2.3R3.2R4/5.2R10.2



MI-004
Hc2R1.2R2.3R3.3R4/5.2R10.2



MI-005
Hc3R1.1R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-006
Hc3R1.2R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-007
Hc3R1.2R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.2



MI-008
Hc3R1.2R2.3R3.2R4/5.3R10.3



MI-009
Hc3R1.2R2.3R3.3R4/5.3R10.3



MI-010
Hc3R1.2R2.4R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-011
Hc3R1.2R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-012
Hc3R1.2R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-013
Hc3R1.3R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-014
Hc3R1.3R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.2



MI-015
Hc3R1.3R2.3R3.2R4/5.3R10.3



MI-016
Hc3R1.3R2.4R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-017
Hc3R1.3R2.4R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-018
Hc3R1.3R2.5R3.2R4/5.3



MI-019
Hc3R1.3R2.5R3.3R4/5.3



MI-020
Hc3R1.4R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-021
Hc3R1.4R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.2



MI-022
Hc3R1.4R2.3R3.2R4/5.3R10.3



MI-023
Hc3R1.4R2.4R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-024
Hc3R1.4R2.4R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-025
Hc3R1.4R2.5R3.2R4/5.3



MI-026
Hc3R1.4R2.5R3.3R4/5.3



MI-027
Hc4R1.1R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-028
Hc4R1.2R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-029
Hc4R1.2R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.2



MI-030
Hc4R1.2R2.3R3.2R4/5.3R10.3



MI-031
Hc4R1.2R2.4R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-032
Hc4R1.2R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-033
Hc4R1.2R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-034
Hc4R1.2R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.2



MI-035
Hc4R1.2R2.3R3.2R4/5.3R10.3



MI-036
Hc4R1.2R2.4R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-037
Hc4R1.2R2.4R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-038
Hc4R1.2R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-039
Hc4R1.2R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-040
Hc4R1.3R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-041
Hc4R1.3R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.2



MI-042
Hc4R1.3R2.3R3.2R4/5.3R10.3



MI-043
Hc4R1.3R2.3R3.3R4/5.3R10.3



MI-044
Hc4R1.3R2.4R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-045
Hc4R1.3R2.4R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-046
Hc4R1.3R2.5R3.2R4/5.3



MI-047
Hc4R1.3R2.5R3.3R4/5.3



MI-048
Hc4R1.4R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-049
Hc4R1.4R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.2



MI-050
Hc4R1.4R2.3R3.2R4/5.3R10.3



MI-051
Hc4R1.4R2.4R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-052
Hc4R1.4R2.4R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-053
Hc4R1.4R2.5R3.2R4/5.3



MI-054
Hc4R1.4R2.5R3.3R4/5.3



MI-055
Hc7.1R1.1R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-056
Hc7.1R1.2R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-057
Hc7.1R1.2R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.2



MI-058
Hc7.1R1.2R2.3R3.2R4/5.3R10.3



MI-059
Hc7.1R1.2R2.3R3.3R4/5.3R10.3



MI-060
Hc7.1R1.2R2.4R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-061
Hc7.1R1.2R2.4R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-062
Hc7.1R1.2R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-063
Hc7.1R1.2R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-064
Hc7.1R1.3R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-065
Hc7.1R1.3R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.2



MI-066
Hc7.1R1.3R2.3R3.2R4/5.3R10.3



MI-067
Hc7.1R1.3R2.3R3.3R4/5.3R10.3



MI-068
Hc7.1R1.3R2.4R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-069
Hc7.1R1.3R2.4R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-070
Hc7.1R1.3R2.5R3.2R4/5.3



MI-071
Hc7.1R1.3R2.5R3.3R4/5.3



MI-072
Hc7.1R1.4R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-073
Hc7.1R1.4R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.2



MI-074
Hc7.1R1.4R2.3R3.2R4/5.3R10.3



MI-075
Hc7.1R1.4R2.3R3.3R4/5.3R10.3



MI-076
Hc7.1R1.4R2.4R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-077
Hc7.1R1.4R2.4R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-078
Hc7.1R1.4R2.5R3.2R4/5.34



MI-079
Hc7.1R1.4R2.5R3.3R4/5.3



MI-080
Hc8R1.2R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-081
Hc8R1.2R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.2



MI-082
Hc8R1.2R2.3R3.2R4/5.3R10.3



MI-083
Hc8R1.2R2.3R3.3R4/5.3R10.3



MI-084
Hc8R1.2R2.4R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-085
Hc8R1.2R2.4R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-086
Hc8R1.2R2.5R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-087
Hc8R1.2R2.5R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-088
Hc8R1.3R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-089
Hc8R1.3R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.2



MI-090
Hc8R1.3R2.3R3.2R4/5.3R10.3



MI-091
Hc8R1.3R2.3R3.3R4/5.3R10.3



MI-092
Hc8R1.3R2.4R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-093
Hc8R1.3R2.4R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-094
Hc8R1.3R2.5R3.2R4/5.3



MI-095
Hc8R1.3R2.5R3.3R4/5.3



MI-096
Hc8R1.4R2.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.1



MI-097
Hc8R1.4R2.2R3.2R4/5.2R10.2



MI-098
Hc8R1.4R2.3R3.2R4/5.3R10.3



MI-099
Hc8R1.4R2.3R3.3R4/5.3R10.3



MI-100
Hc8R1.4R2.4R3.2R4/5.3R10.4



MI-101
Hc8R1.4R2.4R3.3R4/5.3R10.4



MI-102
Hc8R1.4R2.5R3.2R4/5.3



MI-103
Hc8R1.4R2.5R3.3R4/5.3










whereby for each embodiment of matrix I:

x independently from each other=0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably x=0, 1 or 2;

y independently from each other y=0 or 1;

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and/or solvates thereof

and with the proviso—for each embodiment of matrix 0 for that this proviso is applicable—such as for embodiments which comprise Hc as defined by Hc1 or Hc3—that

    
    
        if Hc is oxetanyl, which is bound via the carbon atom next to the oxygen of the oxetanyl, there is no substituent attached to said carbon atom via a —CH2— spacer.
    
    


It will be evident, that if x and/or y=0 then Hc is unsubstituted, i.e. the corresponding valences of the ring member atoms are saturated by hydrogen.
In case R10 is not sufficiently defined in matrix I it shall be R10.4.
Additional Embodiments According to the Invention and Subset of the Aspects 1 To 17 and the Embodiments of Matrix 0 or Matrix I
In the following further embodiments of the invention are presented. Each one is independent and separable, i.e. individual aspect of the invention.
Additionally mentioned are the embodiments (Hc5R1.0.1R2.0.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.0.1) and (Hc6R1.0.1R2.0.1R3.1R4/5.1R10.0.1), with the remaining features as outlined for the elements of matrix I.
a.) Subset of Aspects 1-17 and Embodiments of Matrix 0 or I with Respect to R2 
(a.1.1) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc within the group Hc[R2]x[R3]y may be a group defined by the following formula D1




whereby the * is the attachment point to the pyrazolo-group in general formula I and n=0, 1, 2 or 3, except that in this subset for no embodiment at the position ** there is an R2 that comprises a —CH2— group by which R2 is bound at said position **:
This subset is called “subset a.1.1”.
(a.1.2) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc within the group Hc[R2]x[R3]y may be a group defined by the following formula D1




whereby the * is the attachment point to the pyrazolo-group in general formula I and n=0, 1, 2 or 3; except that in this subset for no embodiment at the position ** there is an R2 or R3 other than H.
This subset is called “subset a.1.2”.
(a.2.1) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc within the group Hc[R2]x[R3]y may be a group defined by the following formula D1-2




whereby the * is the attachment point to the pyrazolo-group in general formula I and n=1, 2 or 3 and wherein Z1 is selected from the group of N, O and S(O)r, with r=0, 1, 2 and Z2 is selected from the group of C, N, O and S(O)r, with r=0, 1, 2, in all cases with eventually remaining valences of Z1 or Z2 being saturated by H or as the case may be by R2 or R3,
except that within this subset for no embodiment at the position ** there is an R2 that comprises an optionally substituted —CH2— group by which this R2 is bound at said position **:
This subset is called “subset a.2.1”.
(a.2.2) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc within the group Hc[R2]x[R3]y may be a group defined by the following formula D1-2




whereby the * is the attachment point to the pyrazolo-group in general formula I and n=1, 2 or 3 and wherein Z1 is selected from the group of N, O and S(O)r, with r=0, 1, 2 and Z2 is selected from the group of C, N, O and S(O)r, with r=0, 1, 2, in all cases with eventually remaining valences of Z1 or Z2 being saturated by H or as the case may be by R2 or R3,
except that within this subset for no embodiment at the position ** there is an R2 or R3 other than H:
This subset is called “subset a.2.2”.
(a.3) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc is or may be tetrahydrofuranyl, except that within this subset for no embodiment R2 is a CH3-group that is bound at the alpha position to the ring oxygen atom.
This subset is called “subset a.3”.
(a.4) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc is or may be tetrahydrofuranyl, except that within this subset for no embodiment R2 is a R10—O—C2-6-alkyl-group having a CH2-group by which it is bound to a C-atom of the tetrahydrofuranyl, which is at the alpha position to the ring oxygen atom.
This subset is called “subset a.4”.
(a.5.1) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc is or may be tetrahydrofuranyl, except that within this subset for no embodiment R2 is a C1-6-alkyl-group-being bound at the alpha position to the ring oxygen atom.
This subset is called “subset a.5.1”.
(a.5.2) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc is or may be tetrahydrofuranyl, except that within this subset for no embodiment R2 is a C2-6-alkenyl-group-being bound at the alpha position to the ring oxygen atom.
This subset is called “subset a.5.2”.
(a.5.3) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc is or may be tetrahydrofuranyl, except that in this subset for no embodiment R2 is a C2-6-alkynyl-group-being bound at the alpha position to the ring oxygen atom.
This subset is called “subset a.5.3”.
(a.6) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc is or may be tetrahydrothiophenyl, except that in this subset for no embodiment R2 is a CH3-group being bound at the alpha position to the ring sulphur atom.
This subset is called “subset a.6”.
(a.7) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc is or may be tetrahydrothiophenyl, except that in this subset for no embodiment R2 is a R10—O—C2-6-alkyl-group having a CH2-group by which it is bound to a C-atom of the tetrahydrothiophenyl, which is at the alpha position to the ring sulphur atom.
This subset is called “subset a.7”.
(a.8) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc is or may be tetrahydrothiophenyl, except that in this subset for no embodiment R2 is a C1-6-alkyl-group having a CH2-group by which it is bound at the alpha position to the ring sulphur atom.
This subset is called “subset a.8”.
(a.9) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc is or may be tetrahydropyranyl or a tetrahydrothiopyranyl, except that in this subset for no embodiment R2 is a CH3-group being bound to the alpha position of the ring oxygen atom or the sulphur atom respectively.
This subset is called “subset a.9”.
(a.10) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc is or may be tetrahydropyranyl or a tetrahydrothiopyranyl, except that in this subset for no embodiment R2 is a R10—O—C2-6-alkyl-group having a CH2-group by which it is bound to a C-atom of the tetrahydropyranyl or tetrahydrothiopyranyl which C-atom is at the alpha position to the ring oxygen atom or the sulphur atom respectively.
This subset is called “subset a.10”.
(a.11) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc is or may be tetrahydropyranyl or a tetrahydrothiopyranyl, except that in this subset for no embodiment R2 is a C1-6-alkyl-group having a CH2-group by which it is bound at the alpha position to the ring oxygen atom or the sulphur atom respectively.
This subset is called “subset a.11”.
(a.12) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc may be an oxetanyl group, except that in this subset for no embodiment Hc is an oxetanyl- group.
This subset is called “subset a.12”.
(a.13) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc is or may be a cyclic hexanosyl sugar group in which for any of the hydroxy groups the hydrogen optionally may be replaced by any other group and/or Hc is or may be a cyclic mono-desoxy or di-desoxy hexanosyl sugar group in which for any of the remaining hydroxy groups the hydrogen optionally may be replaced by any other group, except that in this subset for no embodiment R2 is a CH3-group being bound at the alpha position to the ring oxygen atom.
This subset is called “subset a.13”.
(a.14) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc is or may be a cyclic hexanosyl sugar group in which for any of the hydroxy groups the hydrogen optionally may be replaced by any other group and/or Hc is or may be a cyclic mono-desoxy or di-desoxy hexanosyl sugar group in which for any of the remaining hydroxy groups the hydrogen optionally may be replaced by any other group, except that in this subset for no embodiment R2 is a C1-6-alkyl-group being bound at the alpha position to the ring oxygen atom.
This subset is called “subset a.14”.
(a.15) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 and matrix I in which Hc is or may be a cyclic hexanosyl sugar group in which for any of the hydroxy groups the hydrogen optionally may be replaced by any other group and/or Hc is or may be a cyclic mono-desoxy or di-desoxy hexanosyl sugar group in which for any of the remaining hydroxy groups the hydrogen optionally may be replaced by any other group, except that in this subset for no embodiment R2 is a R10—O—C2-6-alkyl- group being bound at the alpha position to the ring oxygen atom.
This subset is called “subset a.15”.
(a.16) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of aspects 1-17 and each of the embodiments of matrix 0 or I in which R2 is defined such that it may comprise a group selected from (R10)2N— and (R10)2N—C1-3-alkyl-, except that in this subset for no embodiment R2 shall be (R10)2N— or (R10)2N—C1-3-alkyl-, while all remaining definitions of R2 remain unchanged.
This subset is called “subset a.16”.
b.) Subset of Embodiments of Matrix 0 or Matrix I with Respect to R4/5 
(b.1) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention the embodiments thereof correspond with each of the embodiments of matrix 0 or matrix I in which R4/5 is R4/5.2, whereby for the embodiments of this subset
R4/5.2-2 shall mean that R4 and R5 independently of one another are H— or fluorine.
This subset is called “subset b.1”.
c.) Subset of Embodiments of Matrix I with Respect to R10 
(c.1) In one individual and independent subset of embodiments according to the present invention concerns each embodiment selected from the group of matrix I with R10 being defined by R10.2, R10.3 or R10.4: for the embodiments of this subset each of the definitions R10.2, R10.3 and R10.4 is extended so that R10 also may be H, in case this R10 is bound to a nitrogen atom.
This subset is called “subset c.1”.
It will be evident that the subsets as defined under a.) and b.) within this section “Additional embodiments according to the invention/subset of aspects 1-17 and the embodiments of matrix 0 or matrix I” correspond with embodiments of aspects 1-17 and matrix 0, matrix I respectively, whereby the scope of specific definitions is changed. In case these changes are limitations the new definitions can be considered to include provisos. Therefore these embodiments are considered to be only “subsets” of aspects 1-17 and the embodiments of matrix 0, matrix I respectively.
Each embodiment of general formula I defined by aspects 1-18 and any of the elements of matrix 0, matrix I, or each embodiment defined by the above subsets a.), b.) or c.) is considered an independent and separable aspect of the invention, i.e. an individual aspect of the invention.
USED TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
Terms not specifically defined herein should be given the meanings that would be given to them by a person skilled in the art in light of the disclosure and the context. Examples include that specific substituents or atoms are presented with their 1 or 2 letter code, like H for hydrogen, N for nitrogen, C for carbon, O for oxygen, S for sulphur and the like. Optionally but not mandatorily the letter is followed by a hyphen to indicate a bond. As used in the specification, unless specified to the contrary, the following terms have the meaning indicated and the following conventions are adhered to.
In the groups, radicals, or moieties defined below, the number of carbon atoms is often specified preceding the group, for example, C1-6-alkyl means an alkyl group or alkyl radical having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In general, for groups comprising two or more subgroups, the last named group is the radical attachment point, for example, “thioalkyl” means a monovalent radical of the formula HS-alkyl-. If the term of a substituent starts or ends with a minus sign or hyphen, i.e. —. This sign emphasises the attachment point like in the aforementioned example HS-alkyl-, where the “alkyl” is linked to the group of which the HS-alkyl- is a substituent. Unless otherwise specified below, conventional definitions of terms control and conventional stable atom valences are presumed and achieved in all formulas and groups.
In general, all “tautomeric forms and isomeric forms and mixtures”, whether individual geometric isomers or optical isomers or racemic or non-racemic mixtures of isomers, of a chemical structure or compound are intended, unless the specific stereochemistry or isomeric form is specifically indicated in the compound name or structure.
The term “substituted” as used herein explicitly or implicitly, means that any one or more hydrogen(s) on the designated atom is replaced with a member of the indicated group of substituents, provided that the designated atom's normal valence is not exceeded. In case a substituent is bound via a double bond, e.g. an oxo substituent, such substituent replaces two hydrogen atoms on the designated atom. The substitution shall result in a stable compound. “Stable” in this context preferably means a compound that from a pharmaceutical point of view is chemically and physically sufficiently stable in order to be used as an active pharmaceutical ingredient of a pharmaceutical composition.
If a substituent is not defined, it shall be hydrogen.
By the term “optionally substituted” is meant that either the corresponding group is substituted or it is not. Accordingly, in each occasion where this term is used, the non-substituted variation is a more pronounced aspect of the invention, i.e. preferably there are no such optional substituents.
The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s)” refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. For example, such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfamic acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, succinic acid, glycolic acid, stearic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, ascorbic acid, pamoic acid, maleic acid, hydroxymaleic acid, phenylacetic acid, glutamic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, sulfanilic acid, 2-acetoxybenzoic acid, fumaric acid, toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethane disulfonic acid, oxalic acid, isothionic acid, and the like. As the compounds of the present invention may have both, acid as well as basic groups, those compounds may therefore be present as internal salts too.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base form of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred.
“Prodrugs” are considered compounds that release an active parent drug of the present invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs according to the present invention are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that these modifications are retransformed to the original functional groups under physiological conditions. Prodrugs include compounds of the present invention wherein a hydroxy, amino, or sulfhydryl group is bound to any group that, when the prodrug of the present invention is administered to a mammalian subject, is retransformed to free said hydroxyl, amino, or sulfhydryl group. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of the present invention.
“Metabolites” are considered as derivatives of the compounds according to the present invention that are formed in vivo. Active metabolites are such metabolites that cause a pharmacological effect. It will be appreciated that metabolites of the compounds according to the present inventions are subject to the present invention as well, in particular active metabolites.
Some of the compounds may form “solvates”. For the purposes of the invention the term “solvates” refers to those forms of the compounds which form, in the solid or liquid state, a complex by coordination with solvent molecules. Hydrates are a specific form of solvates in which the coordination takes place with water. According to the present invention, the term preferably is used for solid solvates, such as amorphous or more preferably crystalline solvates.
“Scaffold”: The scaffold of the compounds according to the present invention is represented by the following core structure, the numeration of which is indicated in bold:




It will be evident for the skilled person in the art, that this scaffold can be described by its tautomeric “enol” form




In the context of the present invention both structural representations of the scaffold shall be considered the subject of the present invention, even if only one of the two representatives is presented. It is believed that for the majority of compounds under ambient conditions and therewith under conditions which are the relevant conditions for a pharmaceutical composition comprising said compounds, the equilibrium of the tautomeric forms lies on the side of the pyrazolopyrimdin-4-one representation. Therefore, all embodiments are presented as pyrazolopyrimdin-4-one-derivatives or more precisely as pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-one derivatives.
“Bonds”: If within a chemical formula of a ring system or a defined group a substituent is directly linked to an atom or a group like “RyR” in below formula this shall mean that the substituent is only attached to the corresponding atom. If however from another substituent like “RxR” a bond is not specifically linked to an atom of the ring system but drawn towards the centre of the ring or group this means that this substituent “RxR” may be linked to any meaningful atom of the ring system/group unless stated otherwise.




The bond symbol “—” (=minus sign) or the symbol “—*” (=minus sign followed by an asterisk sign) stands for the bond through which a substituent is bound to the corresponding remaining part of the molecule/scaffold. In cases in that minus sign does not seem to be sufficiently clear, an asterisk is added to the bond symbol “—” in order to determine the point of attachment of said bond with the corresponding main part of the molecule/scaffold.
In general, the bond to one of the herein defined heterocycloalkyl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl groups may be effected via a C atom or optionally an N atom.
The term “aryl” used in this application denotes a phenyl, biphenyl, indanyl, indenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl or naphthyl group, preferably it denotes a phenyl or naphtyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. This definition applies for the use of “aryl” in any context within the present description in the absence of a further definition.
The term “C1-n-alkyl” denotes a saturated, branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 1 to n C atoms, wherein n is a figure selected from the group of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, preferably from the group of 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, more preferably from the group of 2, 3, or 4. Examples of such groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, iso-pentyl, neo-pentyl, tert-pentyl, n-hexyl, iso-hexyl etc. As will be evident from the context, such C1-n-alkyl group optionally can be substituted.
This definition applies for the use of “alkyl” in any reasonable context within the present description in the absence of a further definition.
In cases in which the term “C1-n-alkyl” is used in the middle of two other groups/substituents, like for example in “C1-n-cylcoalkyl-C1-n-alkyl-O—”, this means that the “C1-n-alkyl”-moiety bridges said two other groups. In the present example it bridges the C1-n-cylcoalkyl with the oxygen like in “cyclopropyl-methyl-oxy-”. It will be evident, that in such cases “C1-n-alkyl” has the meaning of a “C1-n-alkylene” spacer like methylene, ethylene etc. The groups that are bridged by “C1-n-alkyl” may be bound to “C1-n-alkyl” at any position thereof. Preferably the right hand group is located at the distal right hand end of the alkyl group and left hand group at the distal left hand side of the alkyl group. The same applies for other substituents.
The term “C2-n-alkenyl” denotes a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 2 to n C atoms and at least one C═C group (i.e. carbon-carbon double bond), wherein n preferably has a value selected from the group of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8, more preferably 3, 4, 5, or 6, more preferably 3 or 4. Examples of such groups include ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, iso-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl etc. As will be evident from the context, such C2-n-alkenyl group optionally can be substituted.
This definition applies for the use of “alkenyl” in any reasonable context within the present description in the absence of a further definition if no other definition. In cases in which the term “C2-n-alkenyl” is used in the middle of two other groups/substituents, the analogue definition as for C1-n-alkyl applies.
The term “C2-n-alkynyl” denotes a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 2 to n C atoms and at least one CC group (i.e. a carbon-carbon triple bond), wherein n preferably has a value selected from the group of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8, more preferably 3, 4, 5, or 6, more preferably 3 or 4. Examples of such groups include ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 5-hexynyl etc. As will be evident from the context, such C2-n-alkynyl group optionally can be substituted.
This definition applies for the use “alkynyl” in any reasonable context within the present description in the absence of a further definition.
In cases in which the term “C2-n-alkynyl” is used in the middle of two other groups/substituents, the analogue definition as for C1-n-alkyl applies.
The term “C3-n-cycloalkyl” denotes a saturated monocyclic group with 3 to n C ring atoms. n preferably has a value of 4 to 8 (=4, 5, 6, 7, or 8), more preferably 4 to 7, more preferably such C3-n-cycloalkyl is 5 or 6 membered. Examples of such groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl etc. This definition applies for “cycloalkyl” in any reasonable context within the present description in the absence of a further definition.
The term “halogen” denotes an atom selected from among F, Cl, Br, and I.
The term “heteroaryl” used in this application denotes a heterocyclic, mono- or bicyclic aromatic ring system which includes within the ring system itself in addition to at least one C atom one or more heteroatom(s) independently selected from N, O, and/or S. A monocyclic ring system preferably consists of 5 to 6 ring members, a bicyclic ring system preferably consists of 8 to 10 ring members. Preferred are heteroaryls with up to 3 heteroatoms, more preferred up to 2 heteroatoms, more preferred with 1 heteroatom. Preferred heteroatom is N. Examples of such moieties are benzimidazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzo[1,4]-oxazinyl, benzoxazol-2-onyl, benzofuranyl, benzoisothiazolyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, chromonyl, cinnolinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, 3,4-dihydrobenzo[1,4]oxazinyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, 1,3-dihydroisobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydroisoindolyl, 6,7-dihydropyrrolizinyl, dihydroquinolin-2-onyl, dihydroquinolin-4-onyl, furanyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridyl, imidazolyl, imidazopyridyl, imidazo[4,5-d]thiazolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isobenzothienyl, isochromanyl, isochromenyl, isoindoyl, isoquinolin-2-onyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazoyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazoyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazoyl, oxazolopyridyl, oxazolyl, 2-oxo-2,3-dihydrobenzimidazolyl, 2-oxo-2,3-dihydroindolyl, 1-oxoindanyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridopyrimidinyl, pyridyl (pyridinyl), pyridyl-N-oxide, pyrimidinyl, pyrimidopyrimidinyl, pyrrolopyridyl, pyrrolopyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolin-4-onyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thieno[2,3-d]imidazolyl, thieno[3,2-b]pyrrolyl, thieno[3,2-b]thiophenyl, thienyl, triazinyl, or triazolyl.
Preferred heteroaryl groups are furanyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, and thiazolyl.
More preferred heteroaryl groups are oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, and pyridyl, more preferred is pyrazolyl and pyridyl.
The definition pyrazole includes the isomers 1H-, 3H- and 4H-pyrazole. Preferably pyrazolyl denotes 1H-pyrazolyl.
The definition imidazole includes the isomers 1H-, 2H- and 4H-imidazole. A preferred definition of imidazolyl is 1H-imidazolyl.
The definition triazole includes the isomers 1H-, 3H- and 4H-[1,2,4]-triazole as well as 1H-, 2H- and 4H-[1,2,3]-triazole. The definition triazolyl therefore includes 1H-[1,2,4]-triazol-1-, -3- and -5-yl, 3H[1,2,4]-triazol-3- and -5-yl, 4H[1,2,4]-triazol-3-, -4- and -5-yl, 1H-[1,2,3]-triazol-1-, -4- and -5-yl, 2H-[1,2,3]-triazol-2-, -4- and -5-yl as well as 4H-[1,2,3]-triazol-4- and -5-yl.
The term tetrazole includes the isomers 1H-, 2H- and 5H-tetrazole. The definition tetrazolyl therefore includes 1H-tetrazol-1- and -5-yl, 2H-tetrazol-2- and -5-yl and 5H-tetrazol-5-yl.
The definition indole includes the isomers 1H- and 3H-indole. The term indolyl preferably denotes 1H-indol-1-yl.
The term isoindole includes the isomers 1H- and 2H-isoindole.
This definition applies for “heteroaryl” in any reasonable context within the present description in the absence of a further definition.
The term “N-linked-pyridine-2-one” used in this application denotes:




and its tautomeric form





The term “heterocycloalkyl” within the context of the present invention denotes a saturated 3 to 8 membered, preferably 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring system or a 5-12 membered bicyclic ring system, which include 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms, selected from N, O, and/or S. Preferred are 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms.
The preferred number of carbon atoms is 3 to 7 with 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and/or S. Such heterocycloalkyl groups are addressed as C3-7-heterocycloalkyl.
Preferred are saturated heterocycloalkyl rings with 5, 6, or 7 ring atoms, of which 1 or 2 are heteroatoms and the remaining are C-atoms.
Wherever C3-7-heterocycloalkyl- substituents are mentioned, the preferred embodiments thereof are 5-, 6-, or 7-membered cycles, more preferably monocycles. They include 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms, selected from N, O, and/or S, whereby 1 or 2 such heteroatoms are preferred, more preferably 1 such heteroatom.
Preferred example for heterocycloalkyl include morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, oxathianyl, dithianyl, dioxanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, oxathiolanyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrothienyl, oxazolidinyl, homopiperazinyl, homopiperidinyl, homomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, azetidinyl, 1,3-diazacyclohexanyl or pyrazolidinyl group.
This definition applies for “heterocycloalkyl” in any reasonable context within the present description in the absence of a further specific definition.
The term “heterocyclyl” specifically is used to define the group Hc in formula I and formulae which are derived thereof and therefore will be independently used from the definition of “heterocycloalkyl”. However, the definitions for “heterocycloalkyl” shall be comprised within the definition for “heterocyclyl”. Hc is a group which is or at least comprises a non-aromatic heterocycloalkyl group which is bound to the scaffold.
Within the context of the present invention and as used herein, specifically within the context of Hc, “heterocyclyl” means a non-aromatic monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring system, whereby the ring members are carbon atoms and at least one, preferably one to three heteroatom(s) selected from the group of nitrogen, oxygen, or sulphur, the sulphur being part the group —S(O)r— with r being 0, 1 or 2. Such ring system may further be bridged. Such systems also will be called heteromonocyclic, heterobicyclic, or heterotricyclic ring system within the present context.
This heterocyclyl group may be saturated or partly unsaturated, whereby in systems with more than one ring system, at least one of them is not aromatic. This at least one non aromatic ring system comprises said at least one heteroatom.
This heterocyclyl group may be bound to the scaffold in more than one way. If no particular bonding arrangement is specified, then all possible arrangements are intended. For example, the term “tetrahydropyranyl” includes 2-, 3-, or 4-tetrahydropyranyl and the like. In cases with more than one ring system, the bonding to the scaffold is via at least one ring atom of the non aromatic ring system comprising at least one heteroatom. Preferably this heterocyclyl-group is bound to the scaffold via a nitrogen atom or one of the saturated carbon atoms in said ring system. More preferably it is attached to the scaffold via a carbon atom of the non-aromatic heterocyclic ring system.
Such heterocyclyl group may be fused, respectively annelated, with a cycloalkyl, another heterocyclic group, an aromatic ring system, such as phenyl or may be part of a spirocyclic system. In a fused or annelated system, the two ring systems share a bond between two adjacent ring atoms. In the spiro variation, the two ring systems have one ring atom in common.
The monoheterocyclic ring systems within this definition are non-aromatic monocyclic ring systems, in which at least one, preferably one to three, of the carbon atoms have been replaced with a heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen, or sulphur, the sulphur being part the group —S(O)r— with r being 0, 1 or 2 comprises preferably 4 to 8 ring atoms. Within this context preferred are 5-, 6- or 7-membered, saturated or at least partly unsaturated heterocyclic rings
The heterobicyclic ring systems within this definition are bicyclic ring systems with at least one, preferably one to three, of the carbon atoms have been replaced with a heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen, or sulphur, the sulphur being part the group —S(O)r— with r being 0, 1 or 2; the ring system has at least one non-aromatic ring, which comprises said at least one heteroatom, and the bicyclic ring system comprises preferably 7 to 12 ring atoms. Within this context preferred are 8-, 9- or 10-membered, saturated or at least partly unsaturated heterocyclic rings.
The heterotricyclic ring systems within this definition are tricyclic systems of annelated monocycles, in which at least one, preferably one to three, of the carbon atoms have been replaced with a heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen, or sulphur, the sulphur being part the group —S(O)r— with r being 0, 1 or 2; the ring system has at least one non-aromatic ring, which comprises said at least one heteroatom, and the tricyclic ring system comprises preferably 7 to 14 ring atoms.
By the term spirocyclic system as mentioned within this definition, are meant preferably 5-10 membered, spirocyclic rings which may optionally contain 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms, selected from among oxygen, sulphur, and nitrogen. Such systems optionally may be annelated with an aromatic ring system such as phenyl.
The order of preference of heterocyclic ring systems is: monocyclic ring systems are more preferred than bicyclic ring systems, which are more preferred than tricyclic ones.
Examples for such heterocyclic Hc groups according to the present invention are the following groups:







wherein —* stands for the bond by which said group is bound to the nitrogen atom of the scaffold, that is numbered as 1.

The above definition applies for “heterocyclyl” in any reasonable context within the present description in the absence of a further definition.
The term “oxo” denotes an oxygen atom as substituent that is bonded by a double bond, preferably it is bonded to a C-atom. In case oxo is used as a substituent, the oxo replaces two hydrogen atoms of the corresponding atom of the unsubstituted compound.
The following schemes shall illustrate a process to manufacture the compounds of the present invention by way of example:




Scheme 1: In a first step 2-ethoxymethylene-malononitrile is condensed with mono-substituted hydrazines by heating in an appropriate solvent like ethanol in the presence of a base (e.g. triethylamine) to form 5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitriles. These compounds are converted in a second step to the corresponding amides, e.g. by treatment of an ethanolic solution with ammonia (25% in water) and hydrogen peroxide (35% in water). In a third step, heating with carboxylic esters under basic conditions (e.g sodium hydride in ethanol) or carboxylic acids with an activation reagent (e.g. polyphosphoric acid) leads to pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-ones as final products [cf., for example, A. Miyashita et al., Heterocycles 1990, 31, 1309ff].
Schemes 2 and 3 illustrate alternative methods to prepare the final compounds: in these exemplified manufacturing methods 5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid amides are condensed in a first step with an appropriate ester derivative followed in a second step by alkylation with suitable electrophiles.








Scheme 4 illustrates alternative methods to prepare the final compounds: in the exemplified manufacturing methods 5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid amides are condensed in a first step with (2-bromo-phenyl)-acetic acid ester derivatives followed in a second step by substitution of the bromine atom by an aromatic or heteroaromatic residue e.g. using Suzuki or Ullmann type reaction conditions.




Scheme 5 illustrates an alternative method to prepare the final compounds: in the exemplified manufacturing method 5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid amides are condensed in a first step with (2-cyano-phenyl)-acetic acid ester derivatives followed in a second step by transformation of the nitrile group into a 5-membered heteroaromatic group.




Further alternative processes for preparing pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-ones are known in the art and can likewise be employed for synthesizing the compounds of the invention (see, for example: P. Schmidt et al., Helvetica Chimica Acta 1962, 189, 1620ff.).
The mono-substituted hydrazine derivatives, that are used in step 1 of scheme 1 can be prepared either by nucleophilic displacement on the corresponding mesylate derivative (scheme 6) or by reduction of the hydrazone intermediate as depicted in scheme 7 [cf., for example, J. W. Timberlake et al., “Chemistry of Hydrazo-, Azo-, and Azoxy Groups”; Patai, S., Ed; 1975, Chapter 4; S. C. Hung et al., Journal of organic Chemistry 1981, 46, 5413-5414].








Further information also can be found in WO04099210 (in particular page 9, last paragraph to page 14, line 8, incorporated by reference).
The compounds of the invention show a valuable range of pharmacological effects which could not have been predicted. They are characterised in particular by inhibition of PDE9A.
Preferably the compounds according to the present invention show a high selectivity profile in view of inhibiting or modulating specific members within the PDE9 family or other PDE families, with a clear preference (selectivity) towards PDE9A inhibition.
The compounds of the present invention are supposed to show a favourable safety profile.
Method of Treatment
The present invention refers to compounds, which are considered effective and selective inhibitors of phosphodiesterase 9A and can be used for the development of medicaments. Such medicaments shall preferably be used for the treatment of diseases in which the inhibition of PDE9A can evolve a therapeutic, prophylactic or disease modifying effect. Preferably the medicaments shall be used to improve perception, concentration, cognition, learning or memory, like those occurring in particular in situations/diseases/syndromes such as mild cognitive impairment, age-associated learning and memory impairments, age-associated memory losses, vascular dementia, craniocerebral trauma, stroke, dementia occurring after strokes (post stroke dementia), post-traumatic dementia, general concentration impairments, concentration impairments in children with learning and memory problems, Alzheimer's disease, Lewy body dementia, dementia with degeneration of the frontal lobes, including Pick's syndrome, Parkinson's disease, progressive nuclear palsy, dementia with corticobasal degeneration, amyotropic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Huntington's disease, multiple sclerosis, thalamic degeneration, Creutzfeld-Jacob dementia, HIV dementia, schizophrenia with dementia or Korsakoff's psychosis.
Another aspect of the present invention concerns the treatment of a disease which is accessible by PDE9A modulation, in particular sleep disorders like insomnia or narcolepsy, bipolar disorder, metabolic syndrome, obesity, diabetis mellitus, including type 1 or type 2 diabetes, hyperglycemia, dyslipidemia, impaired glucose tolerance, or a disease of the testes, brain, small intestine, skeletal muscle, heart, lung, thymus or spleen.
Thus the medical aspect of the present invention can be summarised in that it is considered that a compound according to any of the genius embodiments of the invention as outlined herein, in particular the one according to formula I as defined by each of the aspects 1-17, each of the elements/embodiments of matrix 0 or matrix I or a compound selected from the group of the exemplified final compounds (see aspect 18 or chapter exemplary embodiments) is used as a medicament.
Such a medicament preferably is for the treatment of a CNS disease.
In an alternative use, the medicament is for the treatment of a CNS disease, the treatment of which is accessible by the inhibition of PDE9.
In an alternative use, the medicament is for the treatment of a disease that is accessible by the inhibition of PDE9.
In an alternative use, the medicament is for the treatment, amelioration and/or prevention of cognitive impairment being related to perception, concentration, cognition, learning or memory.
In an alternative use, the medicament is for the treatment amelioration and/or prevention of cognitive impairment being related to age-associated learning and memory impairments, age-associated memory losses, vascular dementia, craniocerebral trauma, stroke, dementia occurring after strokes (post stroke dementia), post-traumatic dementia, general concentration impairments, concentration impairments in children with learning and memory problems, Alzheimer's disease, Lewy body dementia, dementia with degeneration of the frontal lobes, including Pick's syndrome, Parkinson's disease, progressive nuclear palsy, dementia with corticobasal degeneration, amyotropic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Huntington's disease, multiple sclerosis, thalamic degeneration, Creutzfeld-Jacob dementia, HIV dementia, schizophrenia with dementia or Korsakoff's psychosis.
In an alternative use, the medicament is for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease.
In an alternative use, the medicament is for the treatment of sleep disorders, bipolar disorder, metabolic syndrome, obesity, diabetis mellitus, hyperglycemia, dyslipidemia, impaired glucose tolerance, or a disease of the testes, brain, small intestine, skeletal muscle, heart, lung, thymus or spleen.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
Medicaments for administration comprise a compound according to the present invention in a therapeutically effective amount. By “therapeutically effective amount” it is meant that if the medicament is applied via the appropriate regimen adapted to the patient's condition, the amount of said compound of formula (I) will be sufficient to effectively treat, to prevent or to decelerate the progression of the corresponding disease, or otherwise to ameliorate the estate of a patient suffering from such a disease. It may be the case that the “therapeutically effective amount” in a mono-therapy will differ from the “therapeutically effective amount” in a combination therapy with another medicament.
The dose range of the compounds of general formula (I) applicable per day is usually from 0.1 to 5000 mg, preferably 0.1 to 1000 mg, preferably from 2 to 500 mg, more preferably from 5 to 250 mg, most preferably from 10 to 100 mg. A dosage unit (e.g. a tablet) preferably contains between 2 and 250 mg, particularly preferably between 10 and 100 mg of the compounds according to the invention.
The actual pharmaceutically effective amount or therapeutic dosage will of course depend on factors known by those skilled in the art such as age, weight, gender or other condition of the patient, route of administration, severity of disease, and the like.
The compounds according to the invention may be administered by oral, parenteral (intravenous, intramuscular etc.), intranasal, sublingual, inhalative, intrathecal, topical or rectal route. Suitable preparations for administering the compounds according to the present invention include for example patches, tablets, capsules, pills, pellets, dragees, powders, troches, suppositories, liquid preparations such as solutions, suspensions, emulsions, drops, syrups, elixirs, or gaseous preparations such as aerosols, sprays and the like. The content of the pharmaceutically active compound(s) should be in the range from 0.05 to 90 wt.-%, preferably 0.1 to 50 wt.-% of the composition as a whole. Suitable tablets may be obtained, for example, by mixing the active substance(s) with known excipients, for example inert diluents such as calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or lactose, disintegrants such as corn starch or alginic acid, binders such as starch or gelatine, lubricants such as magnesium stearate or talc and/or agents for delaying release, such as carboxymethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate phthalate, or polyvinyl acetate. The tablets may also comprise several layers.
Coated tablets may be prepared accordingly by coating cores produced analogously to the tablets with substances normally used for tablet coatings, for example collidone or shellac, gum arabic, talc, titanium dioxide or sugar. To achieve delayed release or prevent incompatibilities the core may also consist of a number of layers. Similarly the tablet coating may consist of a number of layers to achieve delayed release, possibly using the excipients mentioned above for the tablets.
Syrups or elixirs containing the active substances or combinations thereof according to the invention may additionally contain a sweetener such as saccharine, cyclamate, glycerol or sugar and a flavour enhancer, e.g. a flavouring such as vanillin or orange extract. They may also contain suspension adjuvants or thickeners such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, wetting agents such as, for example, condensation products of fatty alcohols with ethylene oxide, or preservatives such as p-hydroxybenzoates.
Solutions are prepared in the usual way, e.g. with the addition of isotonic agents, preservatives such as p-hydroxybenzoates or stabilisers such as alkali metal salts of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, optionally using emulsifiers and/or dispersants, while if water is used as diluent, for example, organic solvents may optionally be used as solubilisers or dissolving aids, and the solutions may be transferred into injection vials or ampoules or infusion bottles.
Capsules containing one or more active substances or combinations of active substances may for example be prepared by mixing the active substances with inert carriers such as lactose or sorbitol and packing them into gelatine capsules.
Suitable suppositories may be made for example by mixing with carriers provided for this purpose, such as neutral fats or polyethyleneglycol or the derivatives thereof.
Excipients which may be used include, for example, water, pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents such as paraffins (e.g. petroleum fractions), vegetable oils (e.g. groundnut or sesame oil), mono- or polyfunctional alcohols (e.g. ethanol or glycerol), carriers such as e.g. natural mineral powders (e.g. kaolins, clays, talc, chalk), synthetic mineral powders (e.g. highly dispersed silicic acid and silicates), sugars (e.g. cane sugar, lactose and glucose), emulsifiers (e.g. lignin, spent sulphite liquors, methylcellulose, starch and polyvinylpyrrolidone) and lubricants (e.g. magnesium stearate, talc, stearic acid and sodium lauryl sulphate).
For oral use the tablets may obviously contain, in addition to the carriers specified, additives such as sodium citrate, calcium carbonate and dicalcium phosphate together with various additional substances such as starch, preferably potato starch, gelatin and the like. Lubricants such as magnesium stearate, sodium laurylsulphate and talc may also be used to produce the tablets. In the case of aqueous suspensions the active substances may be combined with various flavour enhancers or colourings in addition to the abovementioned excipients.
The dosage of the compounds according to the invention is naturally highly dependent on the method of administration and the complaint which is being treated. When administered by inhalation the compounds of formula (I) are characterised by a high potency even at doses in the microgram range. The compounds of formula (I) may also be used effectively above the microgram range. The dosage may then be in the gram range, for example.
Combinations with Other Active Substances
In another aspect the present invention relates to the above-mentioned pharmaceutical formulations as such which are characterised in that they contain a compound according to the present invention.
A further aspect of the present invention refers to a combination of each of the compounds of the present invention, preferably at least one compound according to the present invention with another compound selected from the group of for example beta-secretase inhibitors; gamma-secretase inhibitors; gamma-secretase modulators; amyloid aggregation inhibitors such as e.g. alzhemed; directly or indirectly acting neuroprotective and/or disease-modifying substances; anti-oxidants, such as e.g. vitamin E, ginko biloba or ginkolide; anti-inflammatory substances, such as e.g. Cox inhibitors, NSAIDs additionally or exclusively having AB lowering properties; HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors, such as statins; acetylcholine esterase inhibitors, such as donepezil, rivastigmine, tacrine, galantamine; NMDA receptor antagonists such as e.g. memantine; AMPA receptor agonists; AMPA receptor positive modulators, AMPkines-monoamine receptor reuptake inhibitors; substances modulating the concentration or release of neurotransmitters; substances inducing the secretion of growth hormone such as ibutamoren mesylate and capromorelin; CB-1 receptor antagonists or inverse agonists; antibiotics such as minocyclin or rifampicin; PDE1, PDE2, PDE4, PDE5 and/or PDE10 inhibitors, GABAA receptor inverse agonists; GABAA receptor antagonists; nicotinic receptor agonists or partial agonists; alpha4beta2 nicotinic receptor agonists or partial agonists; alpha7 nicotinic receptor agonists or partial agonists; histamine receptor H3 antagonists; 5-HT4 receptor agonists or partial agonists; 5-HT6 receptor antagonists; alpha2-adrenoreceptor antagonists, calcium antagonists; muscarinic receptor M1 agonists or positive modulators; muscarinic receptor M2 antagonists; muscarinic receptor M4 antagonists; metabotropic glutamate receptor 5 positive modulators; metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 antagonists, and other substances that modulate receptors or enzymes in a manner such that the efficacy and/or safety of the compounds according to the invention is increased and/or unwanted side effects are reduced.
This invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more, preferably one active substance, which is selected from the compounds according to the invention and/or the corresponding salts, as well as one or more, preferably one active substance selected from among alzhemed, vitamin E, ginkolide, donepezil, rivastigmine, tacrine, galantamine, memantine, ibutamoren mesylate, capromorelin, minocyclin and/or rifampicin, optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
The compounds according to the invention may also be used in combination with immunotherapies such as e.g. active immunisation with Abeta or parts thereof or passive immunisation with humanised anti-Abeta antibodies or antibodyfragments or nanobodies for the treatment of the above-mentioned diseases and conditions.
The combinations according to the present invention may be provided simultaneously in one and the same dosage form, i.e. in form of a combination preparation, for example the two components may be incorporated in one tablet, e.g. in different layers of said tablet. The combination may be also provided separately, in form of a free combination, i.e the compounds of the present invention are provided in one dosage form and one or more of the above mentioned combination partners is provided in another dosage form. These two dosage forms may be equal dosage forms, for example a co-administration of two tablets, one containing a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of the present invention and one containing a therapeutically effective amount of the above mentioned combination partner. It is also possible to combine different administration forms, if desired. Any type of suitable administration forms may be provided.
The compound according to the invention, or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with another active substance may be used simultaneously or at staggered times, but particularly close together in time. If administered simultaneously, the two active substances are given to the patient together; if administered at staggered times the two active substances are given to the patient successively within a period of less than or equal to 12, particularly less than or equal to 6 hours.
The dosage or administration forms are not limited, in the frame of the present invention any suitable dosage form may be used. Exemplarily the dosage forms may be selected from solid preparations such as patches, tablets, capsules, pills, pellets, dragees, powders, troches, suppositories, liquid preparations such as solutions, suspensions, emulsions, drops, syrups, elixirs, or gaseous preparations such as aerosols, sprays and the like.
The dosage forms are advantageously formulated in dosage units, each dosage unit being adapted to supply a single dose of each active component being present. Depending from the administration route and dosage form the ingredients are selected accordingly.
The dosage for the above-mentioned combination partners is expediently 1⁄5 of the normally recommended lowest dose up to 1/1 of the normally recommended dose.
The dosage forms are administered to the patient for example 1, 2, 3, or 4 times daily depending on the nature of the formulation. In case of retarding or extended release formulations or other pharmaceutical formulations, the same may be applied differently (e.g. once weekly or monthly etc.). It is preferred that the compounds of the invention be administered either three or fewer times, more preferably once or twice daily.
EXAMPLES
Pharmaceutical Compositions
The following pharmaceutical formulations may illustrate the present invention without restricting its scope:
Some examples of formulations will now be described, wherein the term “active substance” denotes one or more compounds according to the invention including the salts thereof. In the case of one of the aforementioned combinations with one or more other active substances the term “active substance” also includes the additional active substances.
Example A
Tablets Containing 100 mg of Active Substance
Composition:
1 tablet contains:
















active substance
100.0 mg



lactose
 80.0 mg



corn starch
 34.0 mg



polyvinylpyrrolidone
 4.0 mg



magnesium stearate
 2.0 mg




220.0 mg










Diameter: 10 mm, biplanar, facetted on both sides and notched on one side.
Example B
Tablets Containing 150 mg of Active Substance
Composition:
1 tablet contains:
















active substance
150.0 mg 



powdered lactose
89.0 mg



corn starch
40.0 mg



colloidal silica
10.0 mg



polyvinylpyrrolidone
10.0 mg



magnesium stearate
 1.0 mg




300.0 mg 










Diameter: 10 mm, flat
Example C
Hard Gelatine Capsules Containing 150 mg of Active Substance
1 capsule contains:

















active substance
150.0
mg



corn starch (dried)
approx. 80.0
mg



lactose (powdered)
approx. 87.0
mg



magnesium stearate
3.0
mg




approx. 320.0
mg










Capsule shell: size 1 hard gelatine capsule.
Example D
Suppositories Containing 150 mg of Active Substance
1 suppository contains:
















active substance
150.0 mg



polyethyleneglycol 1500
550.0 mg



polyethyleneglycol 6000
460.0 mg



polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate
840.0 mg




2,000.0 mg  










Example E
Ampoules Containing 10 mg Active Substance
Composition:

















active substance
10.0
mg










0.01N hydrochloric acid
q.s.











double-distilled water
ad 2.0
mL










Example F
Ampoules Containing 50 mg of Active Substance
Composition:

















active substance
50.0
mg










0.01N hydrochloric acid
q.s.











double-distilled water
ad 10.0
mL










The preparation of any the above mentioned formulations can be done following standard procedures.
Biological Assay
The in vitro effect of the compounds of the invention can be shown with the following biological assays.
PDE9A2 Assay Protocol:
The PDE9A2 enzymatic activity assay was run as scintillation proximity assay (SPA), in general according to the protocol of the manufacturer (Amersham Biosciences, product number: TRKQ 7100).
As enzyme source, lysate (PBS with 1% Triton X-100 supplemented with protease inhibitors, cell debris removed by centrifugation at 13.000 rpm for 30 min) of SF 9 cell expressing the human PDE9A2 was used. The total protein amount included in the assay varied upon infection and production efficacy of the SF9 cells and lay in the range of 0.1-100 ng.
In general, the assay conditions were as follows:

    
    
        total assay volume: 40 microliter
        protein amount: 0.1-50 ng
        substrate concentration (cGMP): 20 nanomolar;  ̃1 mCi/l
        incubation time: 60 min at room temperature
        final DMSO concentration: 0.2-1%
    
    


The assays were run in 384-well format. The test reagents as well as the enzyme and the substrate were diluted in assay buffer. The assay buffer contained 50 mM Tris, 8.3 mM MgCl2, 1.7 mM EGTA, 0.1% BSA, 0.05% Tween 20; the pH of assay buffer was adjusted to 7.5. The reaction was stopped by applying a PDE9 specific inhibitor (e.g. compounds according to WO04099210) in excess.
Determination of % Inhibition:
The activity of the positive control (minus the negative control=background) is set to 100% and activity in the presence of test compound is expressed relative to these 100%. Within this setting, an inhibition above 100% might be possible due to the nature of the variation of the positive control within the assay, however, in this case the reported % inhibition had been adjusted to 100%.
Determination of IC50:
IC50 can be calculated with GraphPadPrism or other suited software setting the positive control as 100 and the negative control as 0. For calculation of IC50 dilutions of the test compounds (substrates) are to be selected and tested following the aforementioned protocol.
Data
In the following, % inhibition data will illustrate that the compounds according to the present invention are suited to inhibit PDE9 and thus provide useful pharmacological properties. The examples are not meant to be limiting. The table also provides IC50 values. The values are presented as being within a nanomolar range (nM), i.e. within the range of either 1 nanomolar to 100 nanomolar or within the range of 101 nanomolar to 1200 nanomolar. The specific IC50 value is within said range. The example number refer to the final examples as outlined in the section Exemplary embodiments (see also aspect 18 of the invention).
All data are measured according to the procedure described herein.
















% inhibition of
IC50 within




PDE9A2 (at
range



Example
10 micromolar
[nanomolar



No.
concentration)
(nM)]




















 1
100
1-100



 2
99
1-100



 3
99
1-100



 4
98
1-100



 5
99
1-100



 6
98
1-100



 7
98
1-100



 8
100
1-100



 9
99
1-100



 10
98
1-100



 11
98
1-100



 12
97
1-100



 13
90
101-1200 



 14
96
101-1200 



 15
92
101-1200 



 16
86
101-1200 



 17
100
1-100



 18
99
1-100



 19
99
1-100



 20
98
1-100



 21
97
101-1200 



 22
98
1-100



 23
99
1-100



 24
86
101-1200 



 25
96
1-100



 26
91
101-1200 



 27
99
1-100



 28
98
1-100



 29
96
1-100



 30
100
1-100



 31
98
1-100



 32
100
1-100



 33
97
1-100



 34
93
101-1200 



 35
100
101-1200 



 36
100
1-100



 37
97
1-100



 38
99
1-100



 39
99
1-100



 40
99
1-100



 40-1
100
1-100



 40-2
100
1-100



 40-3
100
101-1200 



 40-4
92
101-1200 



 40-5
98
1-100



 40-6
97
1-100



 40-7
95
101-1200 



 41
92
101-1200 



 42
92
101-1200 



 43
98
1-100



 44
99
1-100



 45
98
1-100



 46
100
1-100



 47
97
1-100



 48
96
1-100



 49
98
1-100



 50
97
1-100



 51
96
1-100



 52
100
1-100



 53
99
1-100



 54
97
1-100



 55
97
1-100



 56
95
1-100



 57
100
1-100



 58
96
1-100



 60
97
1-100



 61
97
1-100



 62
95
1-100



 63
92
101-1200 



 64
97
1-100



 65
97
1-100



 66
91
101-1200 



 67
95
101-1200 



 68
97
1-100



 69
99
1-100



 70
99
1-100



 71
99
1-100



 72
91
101-1200 



 73
97
1-100



 74
95
1-100



 75
98
1-100



 76
98
1-100



 77
89
101-1200 



 78
99
101-1200 



 79
99
1-100



 80
94
1-100



 81
78
101-1200 



 82
100
1-100



 83
96
1-100



 84
97
1-100



 85
99
1-100



 86
95
101-1200 



 87
86
101-1200 



 88
96
1-100



 89
95
101-1200 



 90
100
1-100



 91
99
1-100



 92
98
1-100



 93
97
1-100



 94
96
101-1200 



 95
98
1-100



 96
99
1-100



 97
98
1-100



 98
97
1-100



 99
96
1-100



100
93
101-1200 



101
98
1-100



102
100
1-100



103
99
1-100



104
95
101-1200 



105
84
101-1200 



106
87
101-1200 



108
89
101-1200 



111
88
101-1200 



112
97
1-100



113
92
101-1200 



114
89
101-1200 



115
92
101-1200 



116
93
101-1200 



117
97
1-100



118
89
101-1200 



119
95
1-100



120
95
1-100



121
94
101-1200 



122
85
101-1200 



123
91
101-1200 



124
95
101-1200 



125
95
1-100



126
98
1-100



127
97
1-100



128
99
1-100



129
99
1-100



130
99
1-100



131
97
1-100



132
90
101-1200 



132-1
97
1-100



132-2
100
1-100



132-3
89
101-1200 



132-4
98
1-100



132-5
100
1-100



132-6
99
1-100



132-7
94
1-100



132-8
94
101-1200 



132-9
95
101-1200 



133
98
1-100



134
99
1-100



135
98
1-100



136
100
1-100



137
99
1-100



138
100
1-100



139
99
1-100



140
100
1-100



141
99
1-100



142
98
1-100



143
100
1-100



144
100
1-100



145
84
101-1200 



146
91
101-1200 



147
99
1-100



147-1
86
101-1200 



147-2
87
101-1200 



147-3
95
1-100



148
86
101-1200 



149
95
101-1200 



150
90
101-1200 



151
92
101-1200 



152
93
101-1200 



153
90
101-1200 



154
100
1-100



155
100
1-100



156
99
1-100



157
97
1-100



158
97
1-100



159
100
1-100



160
96
1-100



161
95
101-1200 



162
98
1-100



163
97
101-1200 



164
98
101-1200 



165
99
101-1200 



166
92
101-1200 



167
93
101-1200 



168
90
101-1200 



169
86
101-1200 



170
75
101-1200 



171
100
101-1200 



172
100
1-100



173
86
101-1200 



174
89
101-1200 



175
88
101-1200 



176
85
101-1200 



177
93
101-1200 



178
92
101-1200 



179
91
101-1200 



180
96
101-1200 



181
96
1-100



182
100
1-100



183
99
1-100



184
97
1-100



185
100
1-100



186
97
1-100



187
96
1-100



188
96
1-100



189
90
101-1200 



190
82
101-1200 



191
92
101-1200 



192
100
101-1200 



193
99
101-1200 



194
97
101-1200 



195
88
101-1200 



196
91
101-1200 



197
91
101-1200 



198
100
101-1200 



199
88
101-1200 



200
91
101-1200 



201
85
101-1200 



202
83
101-1200 



203
84
101-1200 



204
87
101-1200 



205
100
1-100



206
82
101-1200 



207
100
1-100



208
100
101-1200 



209
89
101-1200 



210
97
1-100



211
99
1-100



212
92
101-1200 



213
86
101-1200 



214
98
1-100



215
93
101-1200 



216
96
1-100



217
97
101-1200 



218
88
101-1200 



219
100
1-100



220
100
1-100



221
100
1-100



222
100
1-100



223
100
1-100



224
100
1-100



225
100
1-100



226
100
1-100



227
100
1-100



228
100
1-100



229
99
1-100



230
100
1-100



230-1
98
1-100



230-2
100
1-100



230-3
99
1-100



230-4
98
101-1200 



231
95
1-100



232
99
1-100



233
100
1-100



234
100
1-100



235
98
101-1200 



236
93
101-1200 



237
89
101-1200 










In Vivo Effect:

The in vivo effect of the compounds of this invention can be tested in the Novel Object Recognition test according to the procedure of Prickaerts et al. (Neuroscience, 2002, 113, 351-361).
For further information concerning biological testing of the compounds of the present invention see also Neuropharmacology, 2008, 55, 908-918.
Chemical Manufacture
Abbreviations:


    APCI Atmospheric pressure chemical ionization
    DAD diode array detector
    DMSO dimethyl sulphoxide
    ESI electrospray ionization (in MS)
    Exp. example
    Fp. melting point
    h hour(s)
    HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
    HPLC-MS coupled high performance liquid chromatography with mass spectrometric detection
    GC-MS gas chromatography with mass spectrometric detection
    MPLC medium pressure liquid chromatography
    mL milliliter
    μL microliter
    min minutes
    MS mass spectrometry
    racem. racemic
    rt room temperature
    Rt retention time (in HPLC)
    Rf retardation factor (in TLC)
    TBTU 2-(1H-Benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-Tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate
    TFA trifluoroacetic acid
    TLC thin-layer chromatography

LC-MS Methods:

Method A



Instrument: HPLC/MS ThermoFinnigan. HPLC Surveyor DAD, LCQduo Ion trap; column: Sunryse MS-C18, 5 um, 4.6×100 mm; eluent A: water+20 mM ammonium formate; eluent B: acetonitrile+20 mM ammonium formate; gradient: A/B (95:5) for 1 min, then to A/B (5:95) in 7 min for 1.5 min; flow rate: 0.85 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm; ion source: ESI
Method 1
MS apparatus type: Waters Micromass ZQ; HPLC apparatus type: Waters Alliance 2695, Waters 2996 diode array detector; column: Varian Microsorb 100 C18, 30×4.6 mm, 3.0 μm; eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0.0 min 5% B→0.18 min 5% B→2.0 min 98% B→2.2 min 98% B→2.3 min 5% B→2.5 min 5% B; flow rate: 3.5 mL/min; UV detection: 210-380 nm.
Method 2
MS apparatus type: Waters Micromass ZQ; HPLC apparatus type: Waters Alliance 2695, Waters 2996 diode array detector; column: Merck Chromolith Performance RP18e, 100×1 mm; eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0.0 min 5% B→0.2 min 5% B→1.6 min 98% B→1.9 min 98% B→2.0 min 5% B→2.2 min 5% B; flow rate: 3.5 mL/min; UV detection: 210-380 nm.
Method 1D
Instrument: HPLC-MS ThermoFinnigan. HPLC Surveyor DAD, MSQ Quadrupole; column: Sunryse MS-C18, 5 um, 4.6×100 mm; eluent A: 90% water+10% acetonitrile+ammonium formate 10 mM; eluent B: acetonitrile 90%+10% water+ammonium formate 10 mM; gradient: A (100) for 1 min, then to B (100) in 7 min for 1 min; flow rate: 1.2 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm; ion source: APCI.
Method 1E
Instrument: HPLC-MS ThermoFinnigan. HPLC Surveyor DAD, MSQ Quadrupole; column: Symmetry C8, 5 μm, 3×150 mm; eluent A: 90% water+10% acetonitrile+ammonium formate 10 mM; eluent B: acetonitrile 90%+10% H2O+ammonium formate 10 mM; gradient: A (100) for 1.5 min, then to B (100) in 10 min for 1.5 min; flow rate: 1.2 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm; ion source: APCI
Method 1E Fusion
Instrument: HPLC-MS ThermoFinnigan. HPLC Surveyor DAD, MSQ Quadrupole; column: Synergi Fusion-RP80A, 4 μm, 4.60×100 mm; eluent A: 90% water+10% acetonitrile+ammonium formate 10 mM; eluent B: acetonitrile 90%+10% H2O+ammonium formate 10 mM; gradient: A (100%) for 1.5 min, then to B (100%) in 10 min for 1.5 min; flow rate: 1.2 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm; ion source: APCI
Method 1E Hydro
Instrument: HPLC-MS ThermoFinnigan. HPLC Surveyor DAD, MSQ Quadrupole; column: Synergi Hydro-RP80A, 4 μm, 4.60×100 mm; eluent A: 90% water+10% acetonitrile+ammonium formate 10 mM; eluent B: acetonitrile 90%+10% H2O+ammonium formate 10 mM; gradient: A (100%) for 1.5 min, then to B (100%) in 10 min for 1.5 min; flow rate: 1.2 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm; ion source: APCI
Method 2F
Instrument: HPLC-MS ThermoFinnigan. HPLC Surveyor DAD, Finnigan LCQduo Ion trap; column: Symmetry-C18, 5 um, 3×150 mm; eluent A: 95% water+5% acetonitrile+formic acid 0.1%; eluent B: acetonitrile 95%+5% water+formic acid 0.1%; gradient: A/B (95/5) for 1.5 min, then to A/B (5/95) in 10 min for 1.5 min; flow rate: 1 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm; ion source: ESI
Method 2L
Instrument: HPLC-MS ThermoFinnigan. HPLC Surveyor DAD, Finnigan LCQduo Ion trap; column: Symmetry Shield, 5 um, 4.6×150 mm; eluent A: 90% water+10% acetonitrile+formic acid 0.1%; eluent B: acetonitrile 90%+10% water+formic acid 0.1%; flow rate: 0.85 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm; ion source: ESI
Method Grad_C8_Acidic
Instrument: HPLC-MS Waters. HPLC Alliance 2695 DAD, ZQ Quadrupole; column: Xterra MS-C8, 3.5 μm, 4.6×50 mm; eluent A: water+0.1% TFA+10% acetonitrile; eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: A/B (80:20), then to A/B (10:90) in 3.25 min for 0.75 min; flow rate: 1.3 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm; ion source: ESI
Method Grad_C18_Acidic
Instrument: HPLC-MS Waters. HPLC Alliance 2695 DAD, ZQ Quadrupole; column: Sunfire MS-C18, 3.5 μm, 4.6×50 mm; eluent A: water+0.1% TFA+10% acetonitrile; eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: A/B (80:20), then to A/B (10:90) in 3.25 min for 0.75 min; flow rate: 1.3 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm; ion source: ESI.
Method Grad—90—10_C8_Acidic
Instrument: HPLC-MS Waters. HPLC Alliance 2695 DAD, ZQ Quadrupole; column: Xterra MS-C8, 3.5 μm, 4.6×50 mm; eluent A: water+0.1% TFA+10% acetonitrile; eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: A (100%), then to A/B (10:90) in 3.25 min for 0.75 min; flow rate: 1.3 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm; ion source: ESI.
Method Grad—90—10_C18_Acidic
Instrument: HPLC-MS Waters. HPLC Alliance 2695 DAD, ZQ Quadrupole; column: Xterra MS-C18, 3.5 μm, 4.6×50 mm; eluent A: water+0.1% TFA+10% acetonitrile; eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: A (100), then to A/B (10:90) in 3.25 min for 0.75 min; flow rate: 1.3 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm; ion source: ESI.
Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH
Instrument: HPLC-MS Waters. HPLC Alliance 2695 DAD, ZQ Quadrupole. Column: Xterra MS-C8, 3.5 μm, 4.6×50 mm; eluent A: water+ammonium formate 5 mM+10% acetonitrile; eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: A 100%, then to A/B (10:90) in 3.25 min for 0.75 min; flow rate: 1.3 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm; ion source: ESI.
Chiral HPLC Methods
Instrument: Agilent 1100. Column: Chiralpak AS-H Daicel, 4.6 μm, 4.6×250 mm;
Method Chiral 1: eluent: hexane/ethanol 97/3 (isocratic); flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm.
Method Chiral 2: eluent: hexane/ethanol 98/2 (isocratic); flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm
Method Chiral 3: eluent: hexane/ethanol 80/20 (isocratic); flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; UV detection: 254 nm
GC/MS Methods
Method 3A
Instrument: GC/MS Finnigan. Trace GC, MSQ quadrupole. Column: DB-5MS, 25 m×0.25 mm×0.25 μm; carrier gas: helium, 1 mL/min constant flow; oven program: 50° C. (hold 1 minute), to 100° C. in 10° C./min, to 200° C. in 20° C./min, to 300° C. in 30° C./min eluent, detection: trace MSQ, quadrupole
ion source: IE scan range: 50-450 u.
Method 3A.1
Instrument: GC/MS Finnigan Thermo Scientific. Trace GC Ultra, DSQ II single quadrupole. Column: DB-5MS UI, 25 m×0.25 mm×0.25 μm; carrier gas: helium, 1 mL/min constant flow; oven program: 50° C. (hold 1 minute), to 100° C. in 10° C./min, to 200° C. in 20° C./min, to 300° C. in 30° C./min eluent, detection: trace DSQ, single quadrupole
Microwave Heating:
Microwave Apparatus Types:


    
    
        Discover® CEM instruments, equipped with 10 and 35 mL vessels;
        Microwave apparatus type: Biotage Initiator Sixty.

General Comment Concerning the Presentation of the Structures

    
    


Some compounds have one or more chiral centres. The depicted structure will not necessarily show all the possible stereochemical realisation of the compound but only one. However, in such cases a term like “cis-racemic mixture” is depicted next to the structure in order to point to the other stereochemical options.
An example is given for Example 7D, below. The presented structural formula is




Cis-racemic mixture

The added term “cis-racemic mixture” points to the second stereochemical option:




This principle applies to other depicted structures as well.
Synthesis
In the following the manufacture of compounds which exemplify the present invention is described. In case the process of manufacture of a specific compound has not been disclosed literally, the skilled person in the art will find a description of analogue procedures within these descriptions which he can follow in principle. At some places it is said, the examples can be prepared in analogy to another example. If reference should be made to such an “analogue process” the reactions conditions are about the same, even if molar ratios of reagents and educts might to be adjusted. It also will be evident that starting materials within a described process can be varied chemically to achieve the same results, i.e. if a condensation reaction of an ester is described, in that the alcoholic component is a leaving group but not subject of the product, this alcoholic component may vary without significant changes of the procedure as such.
Starting Compounds:
Example 1A




A solution of 70 g (201 mmol) carbethoxymethylene triphenylphosphorane in 300 mL diethyl ether was cooled to VC and 25 g (198 mmol) 1,1,1-trifluorobutanone was added. The solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred over night. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure (700 mbar and 40° C. bath temperature). The residue was purified by vacuum distillation (170 mbar and 130° C. bath temperature, main fraction: 95-96° C.). 29 g (75%) of the product were obtained as colourless oil.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.77 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=196 (M+H)+
Example 1AA




400 mg (10.0 mmol) sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil) was suspended in 10 ml THF and cooled to 4° C. While being stirred, a solution of 1.3 ml (8.99 mmol) trimethylphosphono acetate in 10 ml THF was added. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at the same temperature. After this, a solution of 4,4-difluorocyclohexanone in 10 ml THF was added at 0° C. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 14 h. THF and water was added and the THF evaporated. The remainder was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and evaporated to yield 1.49 g (95%) of the product.
MS (EI): m/z=190 (M)+
The following examples 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 2A, 2B, 2C and 2D show how the racemic acids 3-trifluoromethyl-pentanoic acid and 3-trifluoromethyl-butyric acid can be transferred into the two enantiomeric forms of the free acid. The resolution can be done via separation of diastereomeric intermediates. The two pure enantiomeric forms of the free acid will be called enantiomer A, enantiomer B respectively. The corresponding diastereomeric intermediates will be called diastereomer A, diastereomer B respectively.
The same principle may be applied for enantiomeric resolution of other racemic mixtures if appropriate.
Example 1B




A solution of racemic 3-trifluoromethyl-pentanoic acid (8 g, 47 mmol), TBTU (16.6 g, 52 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (24.1 mL, 141 mmol) in dimethylformamide (80 mL) was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h then (S)-(−)-1-phenylethylamine (10 g, 82 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 16 h at 20° C. The solvent was removed and dichloromethane (200 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was washed with citric acid 10% in water (200 mL), K2CO3 20% in water (100 mL) and dried over sodium sulphate. Evaporation of the solvent gave a crude solid that was mixed with methanol (10 mL) and filtered through a pad of activated basic alumina. Separation of diastereoisomers was obtained by flash chromatography on SiO2 eluting with a mixture of cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 85/15.
4.5 g (35.8%) of the title compound were obtained as white solid.
Rf: 0.25 (cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 85/15, stained with basic KMnO4)
HPLC-MS (Method 1E hydro): Rt: 9.35 min
MS (APCI pos): m/z=274 (M+H)+.
Chiral HPLC (Method Chiral 1): Rt: 5.58 min de: >99%
Example 1C




4.4 g (34.2%) of a white solid were obtained as second product from flash chromatography of Example 1B.
Rf: 0.20 (cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 85/15, stained with basic KMnO4)
HPLC-MS (Method 1E hydro): Rt: 9.33 min
MS (APCI pos): m/z=274 (M+H)+.
Chiral HPLC (Method Chiral 1): Rt: 6.18 min de: >99%
Example 1D
3-Trifluoromethyl-pentanoic acid, Enantiomer A




A solution of Example 1B (4.6 g, 17 mmol) in dioxane (15 mL) was treated with H2SO4 70% in water (25 mL) and refluxed for 16 h. The mixture was cooled, basified to pH 14 with NaOH 32% in water, diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2×200 mL). The resulting solution was acidified to pH 1 with 9N HCl, extracted with dichloromethane (3×500 mL) and the combined organic phases were dried. Evaporation of solvent afforded 2.47 g (86.3%) of a brown oil.
Rf: 0.66 (dichloromethane/methanol 9/1, stained with Bromocresol Green)
Chiral HPLC (Method Chiral 1): Rt 5.58 min ee: >99%
Example 1E
3-Trifluoromethyl-pentanoic acid, Enantiomer B




In analogy to the preparation of Example 1D, the title compound was obtained using Example 1C as starting material.
Yield: 80.3%
Rf: 0.66 (dichloromethane/methanol 9/1, stained with Bromocresol Green)
Chiral HPLC (Method Chiral 1): Rt: 5.08 min ee: >99%
Example 2A
4,4,4-Trifluoro-N—((R)-2-hydroxy-1-phenyl-ethyl)-3-methyl-butyramide, Diastereoisomer A




A solution of 3-(trifluoromethyl)butyric acid (10 g, 64 mmol) in dimethylformamide (100 mL) was treated with N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (14.7 g, 77 mmol), 4-dimethyl-amino pyridine (11 g, 89.7 mmol) and (R)-(−)-phenylglycinol (9.9 g, 70.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h, then concentrated to reduce the volume and treated with 10% citric acid in water (300 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl ether (2×200 mL) and the separated organic phase were washed with 10% NaHCO3 (150 mL) and brine (150 mL). The organic phase was dried and evaporated to give 13.1 g of a crude white solid.
Separation of diastereoisomers was achieved by flash chromatography on SiO2 eluting with a mixture of ethyl acetate/hexane 6/4.
5.32 g (30.2%) of the title compound were obtained as white solid.
Rf: 0.23 (ethyl acetate/hexane 6/4)
HPLC-MS (1E hydro): Rt: 6.97 min
MS (APCI pos): m/z=276 (M+H)+.
Example 2B
4,4,4-Trifluoro-N—((R)-2-hydroxy-1-phenyl-ethyl)-3-methyl-butyramide, Diastereoisomer B




3.08 g (17.5%) of a white solid were obtained as second product from flash chromatography of Example 2A.
Rf: 0.16 (ethyl acetate/hexane 6/4)
HPLC-MS (1E hydro): Rt: 6.92 min
MS (APCI pos): m/z=276 (M+H)+.
Example 2C
Enantiomer A




A solution of Example 2A (2 g, 7.26 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was treated with H2SO4 70% in water (10 mL) and refluxed for 16 h. The mixture was cooled, basified to pH 14 with NaOH 32% in water, diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2×50 mL). The resulting solution was acidified to pH 1 with 9N HCl, extracted with dichloromethane (3×50 mL) and the combined organic phases were dried. Evaporation of solvent afforded 0.84 g (74.1%) of a brown oil.
HPLC-MS (1E hydro): Rt: 1.73 min
MS (APCI neg): m/z=155 (M−H).
Chiral HPLC (Method Chiral 2): Rt: 6.92 min ee: 99%
Example 2D
Enantiomer B




In analogy to the preparation of Example 2C, the title compound was obtained using Example 2B as starting material. Obtained 1.4 g (8.96 mmol)
Yield: 82.3%
HPLC-MS (1E hydro): Rt: 1.30 min
MS (APCI neg): m/z=155 (M−H)−.
Chiral HPLC (Method Chiral 2): Rt: 6.49 min ee: 98.6%
Example 3A
2-(4-Trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl)-malonic acid diethyl ester




A suspension of sodium hydride 60% in mineral oil (1.65 g, 41 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (36 mL) was treated with diethylmalonate (6.3 mL, 41 mmol) at 25° C. and heated to 60° C. for 30 min. Cuprous chloride (1.63 g, 17 mmol) was added, the mixture was heated to 80° C. and 2-chloro-4-(trifluoromethyl)-pyridine was added and the was heating increased to 100° C. for 16 h.
After cooling to 20° C. the mixture was acidified with 37% HCl, diluted with water (120 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2×60 mL). The organic phase was dried and evaporated to give a crude oil that was purified by flash chromatography eluting with n-hexane/ethyl acetate from 95/5 to 60/40.
1.9 g (38%) were obtained as a colourless oil.
HPLC-MS (2F): Rt: 12.24 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=306 (M+H)+.
Example 4A
The following example was synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 5U, using the corresponding acid (Sinova Inc., Bethesda, Md. 20814, USA) as starting material.




HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.47 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=194 (M+H-EtOH)+
Example 4B




2.0 g (8.6 mmol) of Example 4A was dissolved in 40 mL ethanol, Pd (10% on charcoal) was added, and the mixture was hydrogenated at room temperature (2 h, 50 psi). The reaction mixture was filtered and the residue washed with ethanol. The solvent was evaporated by reduced pressure. 1.80 g (100%) of the product were obtained.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 0.91 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=210 (M+H)+
Example 5A
3-Trifluoromethyl-pentanoic acid methyl ester, Enantiomer A




To a stirred solution of Example 1D (250 mg, 1.47 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) and methanol (0.25 mL), under nitrogen atmosphere, trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2.0 M solution in diethyl ether) (2.1 mL, 4.19 mmol) was added drop wise at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred keeping the temperature below 5° C. for 1 h. The solvent was removed (40° C., 25 bar) yielding 250 mg (75.4%) of a yellow oil that was used in the next step without further purification.
GC (Method 3A): Rt: 3.29 min
MS (EI): m/z: 165 (M-19)+, 155 (M-29)+, 153 (M-31)+
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 5A, using the corresponding acids as starting materials:
















starting material: 





structure
carboxylic acid
Rt  [min]
MS m/z







Example 5B Enantiomer A




Example 2C
8.01 (Method 3A)
170 [EI]


 


Example 5C Enantiomer B




Example 2D
8.01 (Method 3A)
170 [EI]


 


Example 5D Enantiomer B




Example 1E
3.29 (Method 3A)
165 (M-19)+, 155 (M-29)+, 153 (M-31)+ [EI]


 


Example 5E








7.82 (Method 3A)
252 [EI]


 


Example 5F








9.53 (Method 3A)
202 [EI]


 


Example 5G Enantiomer S








3.92 (Method 3A)
130 [EI]


 


Example 5H








5.09 (Method 3A)
115 (M-29)± [EI]


 


Example 5HA cis, racem. mixture




Example 18A
1.22 (Method 3A)
264 [ESI, (M + H)+]









Example 5I
[2-(1-Acetyl-piperidin-4-yloxy)-phenyl]acetic acid methyl ester




Di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (305 mg, 1.32 mmol) was dropped to a solution of 1-(4-hydroxy-piperidin-1-yl)-ethanone (259 mg, 1.8 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere. Then (2-hydroxy-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (200 mg, 1.2 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (347 mg, 1.3 mmol) were added. The yellow mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified on silica using hexane/ethyl acetate mixture of increasing polarity (from 70% to 100% ethyl acetate) as eluent to give 195 mg (55.6%) of a colourless oil.
HPLC-MS (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH): Rt: 2.67 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=292 (M+H)+.
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 5G, using the corresponding alcohols as starting materials:

















starting







material:






Structure
Alcohol
Rf
Rt [min]
MS m/z







Example 5J racem. mixture









2.53 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
292 (M + H)+


 


Example 5K








0.35 (hexane/ ethyl acetate 8/2)




Example 5L








0.2 (hexane/ ethyl acetate 7/3)




 


Example 5M








0.2 (hexane/ ethyl acetate 7/3)




 


Example 5O








0.25 (hexane/ ethyl acetate 7/3)




 


Example 5P








0.35 (hexane/ ethyl acetate)









Example 5Q
(3-Methoxy-pyridin-2-yl)-acetic acid methyl ester




A mixture of (3-methoxy-2-pyridin-2-yl) acetonitrile (400 mg, 2.7 mmol) in 2 mL of methanol and 96% sulphuric acid (1.8 mL, 32 mmol) was heated in a microwave oven at 120° C. for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to 0° C., basified with solid NaHCO3, diluted with water (2 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane. The separated organic phase was dried and evaporated to give 450 mg (92%) of a dark yellow oil that was used in the next step without further purification.
HPLC-MS (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH): Rt: 1.92 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=182 (M+H)+.
Example 5R
(4-Trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl)-acetic acid ethyl ester




A solution of Example 3A (1.0 g, 3.27 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (8 mL) was treated with water (60 microL, 3.27 mmol) and lithium chloride (347 mg, 8.2 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 120° C. for 16 h. After cooling to 20° C. the mixture was treated with brine (12 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phase was dried and evaporated to give a crude oil that was purified by flash chromatography eluting with n-hexane/ethyl acetate 8/2.
390 mg (51%) were obtained as a colourless oil.
HPLC-MS (Method 2F): Rt: 11.09 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=234 (M+H)+
Example 5S
(6-Trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl)-acetic acid ethyl ester




A mixture of caesium carbonate (1.87 g, 5.75 mmol) and tri-t-butylphosphine (107 μL, 0.44 mmol) in dry 1,2 dimethoxyethane (10 mL) was treated with tris-(dibenzylideneacetone)di-palladium (81 mg, 0.09 mmol), 2-Bromo-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine (1 g, 4.42 mmol) and diethylmalonate (0.8 mL, 5.3 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was heated to 150° C. for 30 min in a microwave oven. After cooling to 20° C. the mixture was treated with a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (120 mL) and extracted with ethyl ether (3×80 mL). The organic phase was dried and evaporated to give a crude oil that was purified by flash chromatography eluting with n-hexane/ethyl ether 6/1.
460 mg (81%) were obtained as a colourless oil.
GC (Method 3A): Rt: 8.28 min
MS (EI): m/z=233 (M)+
Example 5T
Racemic Mixture




29 g (148 mmol) of Example 1A was combined with 2 g Pd/C (10%) and hydrogenated at room temperature (6 h, 15 psi). The reaction mixture was filtered and washed with diethyl ether. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure (500 mbar, 40° C. bath temperature). 27.6 g (94%) of the product were obtained as a colourless liquid.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.65 min
Example 5TA




1.49 g (95%, 7.43 mmol) was dissolved in 20 ml ethanol and hydrogenated over 150 mg Pd/C (10%) at atmospheric pressure for 14 h. The mixture was filtered and the solvent removed to yield 1.27 g (89%) of the product.
Example 5U




A solution of 15 g (69.8 mmol) of (2-bromo-phenyl)-acetic acid in 50 mL ethanol was cooled to 0° C. and 8 mL (110 mmol) thionylchloride was added drop wise. The reaction mixture was heated to 50° C. over night. After cooling to room temperature the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was mixed with ethyl acetate and filtered over 30 g basic aluminium oxide. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. 18 g (92%) of the product were obtained.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.62 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=243/45 (Br) (M+H)+
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 5U, using the corresponding acids as starting materials.


















MS (ESI



structure
starting material
Rt [min]
m/z)







Exp. 5V









185 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5Y








1.56 (Method 1)
199/201 (Cl) (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5W








1.53 (Method 1)
201 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5X









171 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5Z








1.74 (Method 1)
233/235/237 2Cl) (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5AA racem. mixture









133 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5AB









201 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5AC








1.65 (Method 1)
157/58 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5AD








1.36 (Method 1)
195 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5AE








1.69 (Method 1)
249/50 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5AF racem. mixture









commercially available


 


Exp. 5AG








1.46 (Method 1)



 


Exp. 5AH








1.63 (Method 1)



 


Exp. 5AI









185 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5AJ








1.43 (Method 1)
213 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5AK












 


Exp. 5AL








1.58 (Method 1)
235/237 (Cl) (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5ALA








1.29 (Method 1)
129 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5ALB








1.54 (Method 1)
229/231 (Cl) (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5ALC








1.62 (Method 1)
157 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5ALD








1.56 (Method 1)
209 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5ALE








1.59 (Method 1)
291 (M + H)+









Example 5AM
The following example was synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 5U, using the corresponding acid as starting material and methanol as solvent.




HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.04 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=167 (M+H)+
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 5AM, using the corresponding acids as starting materials.


















MS (ESI,



structure
starting material
Rt [min]
m/z)







Exp. 5AMA








1.52 (Method 1)
236 (M + NH4)+









Example 5AN




6.0 g (88.5 mmol) pyrazole was dissolved in 60 mL DMSO and 10.4 g (93 mmol) potassium-tert-butylate was added in portions, keeping the temperature between 20-25° C. The reaction mixture stirred 10 min at room temperature. 10.8 mL (98 mmol) ethyl bromacetate was added drop wise, keeping the temperature between 25-35° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was added to a saturated aqueous solution of NaCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried, filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative MPLC (SiO2, eluent dichloromethane/methanol 95/5). 10.4 g (38%) of the product were obtained.
Example 5AO




1.83 g (7.7 mmol) of Example 4B was mixed with in 60 mL 4N HCl and cooled with an ice bath. A solution of 1.15 g (16.4 mmol) sodium nitrite in 13.5 mL water was added drop wise. After 10 min a solution of 3.9 g (39.5 mmol) copper(I)chloride in 20 mL conc. HCl was added drop wise. The reaction mixture was allowed to turn to room temperature and stirred for 30 min. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was neutralized with potassium carbonate, filtered over celite and the filtrate extracted with water. The organic layer was dried, filtered and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. 1.24 g (62%) of the product were obtained.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.60 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=229/231 (CI) (M+H)+
Example 5AP




Under argon 1.00 g (4.11 mmol) of example 5U, 540 mg (4.95 mmol) 3-methylpyridone and 80 mg (0.42 mmol) copper-(I) iodide were mixed with 5 ml DMSO and 1.14 g (8.25 mmol) potassium carbonate and 120 mg (0.82 mmol) 8-hydroxyquinoline were added. The mixture was stirred for 48 h at 120° C. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with 1 M HCl and saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was separated, dried and evaporated. The residue was purified by HPLC (eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile). The acetonitrile was evaporated and the remainder extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried and evaporated to yield 633 mg (57%) of the desired product.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.56 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=272 (M+H)+
Example 6A




10 g (54 mmol) 1-N-Boc-3-pyrrolidinone was dissolved in 50 mL ethanol and 7.3 g (55.2 mmol) tert-butyl carbazate was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solvent was evaporated by reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative MPLC (SiO2, eluent dichloromethane/methanol 95/5). 18 g (89%) of the product were obtained as oil.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.35 min
MS (ESI neg.): m/z=298 (M−H)−
Example 6B
The following example was synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 6A, using 1-N-Boc-3-piperidone as starting material.




HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.45 min
Example 7A
Racemic Mixture




18 g (48 mmol) of Example 6A was dissolved in 300 mL methanol, 2.5 g Pd/C (10%) was added, and the mixture was hydrogenated at room temperature (8 h, 50 psi). The reaction mixture was filtered and the residue washed with methanol. The solvent was evaporated by reduced pressure. 16 g of product were obtained as a colourless oil and used without further purification.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.36 min
Example 7B
Racemic Mixture
The following example was synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 7A, using Example 6B as starting material.




HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.42 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=316 (M+H)+
Example 7C




10 g (100 mmol) of tetrahydropyran-4-one was dissolved in 100 mL methanol and 14.5 g (110 mmol) tert-butylcarbazate was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solvent was evaporated by reduced pressure. The residue was mixed with 140 mL acetic acid (50%), 6.9 g (110 mmol) sodium cyanoborohydride was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature over night. The reaction mixture was neutralized with 4M NaOH and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. 19 g (88%) of the product were obtained as a white solid.
MS (ESI pos): m/z=217 (M+H)+
The following example was synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 7C using the corresponding keton as starting material.
















starting





Structure
material:keton
Rt [min]
MS m/z







Example 7CA cis, racem. mixture








11.12 (Method 3A)
174 [EI, (M- 56)+]


 


Example 7CB trans, racem. mixture








11.22 - (Method 3A)
174 [EI, (M- 56)+]


 


Example 7CC








0.99 (Method 1)
177 [ESI, (M- 56 + H)+]









Example 7D




Cis-racemic mixture

A solution of 2-methyl-tetrahydro-pyran-4-one (2.2 g, 19.7 mmol) in methanol (30 mL) was treated with tert-butyl carbazate (2.6 g, 19.7 mmol) and stirred for 3 h at 20° C. Evaporation of solvent affords a white solid that was mixed with 30 mL acetic acid (50% in water), and treated with sodium cyanoborohydride (1.2 g, 19.7 mmol) portion wise. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h then neutralized with 5N NaOH and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed with a saturated solution of NaHCO3 and brine, dried, filtered and evaporated to give a crude solid. Separation of diastereoisomers was obtained by flash chromatography on SiO2 eluting with a mixture of cyclohexane/ethyl acetate mixture of increasing polarity (from 7/3 to 1/1) to give 1.85 g (41%) of a white solid.
Rf: 0.29 (hexane/ethyl acetate 1:1)
HPLC-MS (Method Grad—90—10_C8_acidic): Rt: 1.79 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=131 (M-100+H)+
The cis configuration between methyl and carbazyl group was implied by the ROESY correlation for H-2/H-4.
Example 7E




Trans-Racemic mixture

0.7 g (16%) of a colourless oil were obtained as the second product from flash chromatography of Example 7D
Rf: 0.29 (hexane/ethyl acetate 1:1 stained with Pancaldi's reagent)
HPLC-MS (Method Grad—90—10_C8_acidic): Rt: 1.96 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=131 (M-100+H)+
Example 8A
Racemic Mixture




14 g (46.5 mmol) of Example 7A were dissolved in 50 mL dichloromethane, cooled with an ice bath and 25 mL (325 mmol) trifluoroacetic acid was added. The reaction mixture was stirred 3 h at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative MPLC (SiO2, eluent dichloromethane/methanol 8/2). 12 g (78%) of the product were obtained.
Example 8B
The following example was synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 8A, using Example 7C as starting material.




MS (ESI pos): m/z=117 (M+H)+
Example 8C 
Racemic Mixture




13.0 g (37.1 mmol) of Example 7B were dissolved in 5 mL dioxane and 93 mL (371 mmol) of hydrochloride acid in dioxane (4 M) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred over night at room temperature. 40 mL diethyl ether were added and the mixture stirred 15 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered. 7.0 g (100%) of the product were obtained as white solid.
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 8C using the corresponding Boc-hydrazine as starting material.















starting





material: Boc-




Structure
hydrazine
MS m/z







Example 8CA cis, racem. mixture




Example 7CA
131 (M + H)+


 


Example 8CB trans, racem. mixture




Example 7CB
131 (M + H)+


 


Example 8CC




Example 7CC
133 (M + H)+









Example 8D




trans-racemic mixture

A solution of Example 7E (700 mg, 3 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) was treated with 4N HCl in dioxane (15 mL, 60 mmol) and the mixture stirred at 20° C. for 18 h. The solvent was evaporated to give 560 mg (91%) of a sticky solid that was used in the next step without further purification.
HPLC-MS (Grad_C8_NH4COOH_Lowmass): Rt: 0.67 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=131 (M+H)+
Example 8E




cis-racemic mixture

In analogy to the preparation of Example 8D, the title compound was obtained using Example 7D as starting material.
Yield: 68.3%
HPLC-MS (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH_Lowmass): Rt: 0.70 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=131 (M+H)+
Example 9A
Racemic Mixture




32.0 g (77.8 mmol) of Example 8A was mixed with 12.0 g (98.3 mmol) of ethoxymethylene-malonodinitrile in 250 mL ethanol, and 40 mL (288 mmol) of triethylamine were added. The reaction mixture was heated to 50° C. for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative MPLC (SiO2, eluent dichloromethane/methanol 8/2).
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 0.29 min
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 9A, using the corresponding hydrazines as starting materials.
















starting

MS (ESI,



structure
material
Rt[min]
m/z)







Exp. 9B racem. mixture




Example 8C
0.59 (Method1)
192 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 9C




Example 8B
0.76 (Method1)
193 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 9D








0.32 (Method1)
192 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 9E








0.40 (Method1)
206 (M + H)+


 


Example 9EA cis, racem. mixture




Example 8CA
1.90 Grad C8- NH4CCOH
207 (M + H)+


 


Example 9EB trans, racem. mixture




Example 8CB
1.87 Grad C8- NH4CCOH
207 (M + H)+


 


Example 9EC




Example 8CC
1.01 (Method1)
209 (M + H)+









Example 9F




A mixture of 4.4 g (38 mmol) of (tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-hydrazine and 4.7 g (38 mmol) of ethoxymethylene-malononitrile in 90 mL of ethanol and 10.5 mL (103 mmol) of triethylamine was stirred at 50° C. for 30 min. After cooling to 20° C. the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was treated with a mixture of water/dichloromethane=1/1. The resulting suspension was stirred for 15 min and then filtered to give a yellow solid that was washed subsequently with dichloromethane, water and dichloromethane. The solid was dried at 45° C. under reduced pressure. 2.7 g (37%) of the title compound were obtained as yellow solid and used in the next step without further purification.
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 9F, using the corresponding hydrazines as starting materials:
















starting






material:





Structure
hydrazine
Rt [min]
MS m/z







Example 9G racem. mixture








1.31 (Method Grad_90_10_C8_acidic)
179 (M + H)+


 


Example 9H racem. mixture








4.97 (Method 1E hydro)
193 (M + H)+


 


Example 9I trans; racem. mixture




Example 8D
2.15 (Method Grad_10_90_C8_acidic)
207 (M + H)+


 


Example 9J cis; racem. mixture




Example 8E
1.91 (Method Grad_10_90_C8_acidic)
207 (M + H)+









Example 9GA
Enantiomer A




Example 9G was submitted for chiral separation to isolate its enantiomers. The enantiomer labeled A, of unknown but single stereochemistry was isolated using the following conditions.
















Amount supplied
5 g



Chiral Column
Daicel Chiralpak AD 50 × 300 mm



Mobile phase
n-Hexane (60%)/methyl-tert-butyl ether




(40%)/Ethanol (5%) v/v



Flow rate
20 mL/min



Detection
UV at 254 nm



Injection mode
continuous










Obtained 1 g of enantiomer A.
Enantiomeric excess 99.3%; retention time 27.83 min; (analytical method: Chiral 3)
Example 9GB
Enantiomer B




Isolated using the same conditions as enantiomer A, obtaining 0.5 g; enantiomeric excess 96.7%; Rt: 30.94 min; (analytical method: Chiral 3).
Example 10A
Racemic Mixture




4.0 g (22.6 mmol) of Example 9A were mixed with in 60 mL tetrahydrofuran, and 5.7 g (30 mmol) di-tert-butyl-dicarbamate was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 60° C. for 5 h. After cooling to room temperature the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative MPLC (SiO2, eluent dichloromethane/methanol 9/1).
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.28 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=278 (M+H)+
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 10A, using the corresponding pyrazoles as starting materials.
















starting

MS



structure
material
Rt [min]
(ESI, m/z)







Exp. 10B




Example 9D
1.30 (Method 1)
292 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 10C racem. mixture




Example 9B
1.33 (Method 1)
292 (M + H)+









Example 11A
Racemic Mixture




2.4 g (8.96 mmol) of Example 10A were dissolved in 30 mL ethanol. At room temperature a solution of 10 mL (120 mmol) hydrogen peroxide (35% in water) and 50 mL ammonia (25% in water) was added slowly over a period of 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solution was carefully concentrated to a volume of 50 mL under reduced pressure. A precipitate formed and was collected by filtration. 1.3 g (50%) of the product were obtained as a solid.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.08 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=296 (M+H)+
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 11A, using the corresponding pyrazoles as starting materials.
















starting

MS (ESI pos/neg,



structure
material
Rt [min]
m/z)







Exp. 11B




Example 9C
0.44 (Method 1)
211 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 11C




Example 10B
1.12 (Method 1)
308 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 11D racem. mixture




Example 10C
1.13 (Method 1)
310/311 (M + H)+ HPLC-MS 


 


Exp. 11E racem. mixture




Example 9G
2.39 (Method 2F)
197 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 11F racem. mixture




Example 9H
0.95 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
211 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 11G racem. mixture








1.57 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
339 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 11H trans, racem. mixture




Example 9I
1.27 (Method Grad_90_10_C8_acidic)
225 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 11I cis, racem. mixture




Example 9J
1.27 (Method Grad_90_10_C8_acidic)
225 (M + H)+


 


Example 11IA cis, racem. mixture




Example 9EA
1.11 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
225 (M + H)+


 


Example 11IB trans, racem. mixture




Example 9EB
1.14 (Method (Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
225 (M + H)+


 


Example 11IC




Example 9EC

227 (M + H)+









Example 11J
Racemic Mixture




2.30 g (11.2 mmol) of Example 9E were dissolved in 6 mL dimethylsulfoxide. Under ice cooling 8 mL (77.6 mmol) hydrogen peroxide and 1.7 g (12.3 mmol) potassium carbonate were added. Then the reaction mixture was stirred 15 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled with an ice bath, 100 mL of water were added and extracted with dichloromethane. The water phase was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was mixed with in dichloromethane and filtered. 2.8 g (52%) of the product were obtained as a white solid.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 0.24 min
Example 12A




660 mg (2.13 mmol) of Example 110 were dissolved in 15 mL of absolute ethanol. 1.85 g (10.7 mmol) of Example 5AC and 430 mg (10.7 mmol) of sodium hydride (60% suspension in mineral oil) were added. The reaction mixture was heated to 150° C. for 30 min in a microwave oven. Cooling to room temperature was followed by evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile). 320 mg (38%) of the product were obtained as a white solid.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.61 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=402 (M+H)+
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 12A, using the corresponding pyrazoles and esters as starting materials.

















starting
starting

MS (ESI




material:
material:

pos/neg,



Structure
pyrazole
ester
Rt [min]
m/z)







Exp. 12B




Exp. 11C




1.52 (Method 1)
410 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12C




Exp. 11C
Example 5AE
1.66 (Method 1)
492 (M − H)−


 


Exp. 12D mixture of stereoisomers




Exp. 11J
Example 5AC
1.02 (Method 1)
332 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12E mixture of stereoisomers




Exp. 11J




0.96 (Method 1)
340 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12F mixture of stereoisomers




Exp. 11J
Example 5AE
1.12 (Method 1)
424 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12G racem. mixture




Exp. 11A




1.49 (Method 1)
396 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12H racem. mixture




Exp. 11A
Example 5AE
1.62 (Method 1)
480 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12I racem. mixture




Exp. 11A
Example 5AD
1.52 (Method 1)
426 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12J racem. mixture




Exp. 11A




1.49 (Method 1)
374 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12K mixture of stereoisomers




Exp. 11A
Example 5T
1.58 (Method 1)
428 (M − H)−


 


Exp. 12L racem. mixture




Exp. 11D
Example 5AC
1.65 (Method 1)
402 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12M racem. mixture




Exp. 11D




1.55 (Method 1)
408 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12N racem. mixture




Exp. 11D
Example 5AE
1.67 (Method 1)
494 (M + H)+


 


Example 12O racem. mixture




Exp. 11D




1.13 (Method 1)
411 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12P mixture of stereoisomers




Exp. 11D
Example 5T
1.63 (Method 1)
444 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12Q racem. mixture




Exp. 11D
Example 5AG
1.53 (Method 1)
428 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12R racem. mixture




Exp. 11D
Example 5AH
1.66 (Method 1)
478 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12S racem. mixture




Exp. 11D




1.51 (Method 1)
376 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12T racem. mixture




Exp. 11D
Example 5AK
1.63 (Method 1)
454 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12U racem. mixture




Exp. 11D




1.56 (Method 1)
388 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12V







   


   







1.77 (Method 2F)
228 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12W







   


   







6.96 (Method 2F)
193 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12X







   


   



Example 5AC
8.28 (Method 2F)
219 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12Y







   


   



Example 5AMA
9.15 (Method 2F)
295 (M + H)+


 


Example 12Z







   


   



Example 5AH
9.54 (Method 2F)
295 (M + H)+


 


Example 12AA







   


   



Example 5ALA
6.48 (Method 2F)
191 (M + H)+









Example 13A
Racemic Mixture




400 mg (1.35 mmol) of Example 11A were dissolved in 8 mL of absolute ethanol, 840 mg (5.4 mmol) of Example 5AC and 220 mg (5.5 mmol) of sodium hydride (60% suspension in mineral oil) were added. The reaction mixture was heated to 150° C. for 30 min in a microwave oven. After cooling to room temperature the reaction mixture was acidified with 4N hydrochloride acid. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile). 250 mg (46%) of the product were obtained as a white solid.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 0.93 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=288 (M+H)+
Example 13B




330 mg (0.82 mmol) of Example 12A was dissolved in 3 mL dichloromethane and 1 mL trifluoroacetic acid was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature over night. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The remaining product was purified by preparative HPLC (eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile). 240 mg (70%) of the product were obtained.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 0.96 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=302 (M+H)+
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 13B, using the corresponding Boc-protected amines as starting materials
















starting

MS (ESI,



Structure
material
Rt [min]
m/z)







Exp. 13C racem. mixture



   



Exp. 12L
1.01 (Method 1)
302 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13D racem. mixture



   



Exp. 12M
0.93 (Method 1)
310 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13E racem. mixture



   



Exp. 12N
1.09 (Method 1)
394 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13F racem. mixture



   



Exp. 12G
0.92 (Method 1)
296 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13G racem. mixture



   



Exp. 12H
1.08 (Method 1)
380 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13H racem. mixture



   



Exp. 12I
0.96 (Method 1)
326 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13I racem. mixture



   



Exp. 12J
0.89 (Method 1)
274 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13J racem. mixture



   



Exp. 12K
1.0 (Method1)
330 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13K



   



Exp. 12B
0.92 (Method1)
310 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13L



   



Exp. 12C
1.07 (Method1)
394 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13M mixture of stereoisomers



   



Exp. 12P
1.04 (Method 1)
344 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13N racem. mixture



   



Exp. 12O
0.37 (Method 1)
319 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13O racem. mixture



   



Exp. 12S
0.89 (Method 1)
276 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13P racem. mixture



   



Exp. 12T
1.04 (Method 1)
354 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13Q racem. mixture



   



Exp. 12U
0.94 (Method 1)
288 (M + H)+









Example 15A




Enantiomer A

200 mg (1.12 mmol) of Example 9GA was mixed with 4.5 mL ammonia solution (30% in water). The reaction mixture was heated to 130° C. for 30 min in a microwave oven. Cooling to room temperature was followed by evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure. 180 mg (82%) of the product were obtained.
GC-MS (Method 3A. 1): Rt: 12.62 min
[M]+=196
Example 16A




150 mg (0.84 mmol) of Example 9 GB were mixed with 2.10 mL ammonia solution (30% in water). The reaction mixture was heated to 130° C. for 30 min in a microwave oven. Cooling to room temperature was followed by evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure. 100 mg (60%) of the product were obtained.
GC-MS (Method 3A. 2): Rt: 12.59 min
[M]+=196
Example 17A
Mixture of Stereoisomers




A solution of 1.00 g (5.32 mmol) 2-methoxy-5-bromopyridine in 10 mL anhydrous THF was cooled to −78° C. and n-BuLi (3.66 mL, 5.85 mmol, 1.6 M in hexane) was added. After 10 min at −78° C. 1.18 g (6.38 mmol) 2-oxo-cyclohexyl-acetic acid ethyl ester was added and the mixture was warmed to 25° C. Water was added (1 mL) and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile). 370 mg (28%) of the product were obtained as an oil.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.23 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=248 (M+H)+
Example 18A
Cis, Racemic Mixture




380 mg (1.54 mmol) of Example 17A was mixed with 5 mL methanol, 50 mg Pd/C (10%) was added, and the mixture was hydrogenated at room temperature (8 h, 50 psi). The reaction mixture was filtered and the residue was washed with methanol. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. 340 mg (89%) of product were obtained as colourless oil and used without further purification.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.01 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=250 (M+H)+
EXEMPLARY EMBODIMENTS
Example 1




100 mg (0.48 mmol) of Example 11B were dissolved in 5 mL of absolute ethanol, 400 mg (2.17 mmol) of Example 5V and 100 mg (2.5 mmol) of sodium hydride (60% suspension in mineral oil) were added. The reaction mixture was heated to 150° C. for 30 min in a microwave oven. Cooling to room temperature was followed by evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile). 29 mg (18%) of the product were obtained as a white solid.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.08 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=331 (M+H)+
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 1, using the corresponding pyrazoles and esters as starting materials

















starting
starting

MS (ESI




material:
material:

pos/neg,



structure
pyrazole
ester
Rt [min]
m/z)







Exp. 2




Example 11B




1.27 (Method 1)
325 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 3




Example 11B




1.22 (Method 1)
291 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 4




Example 11B
Example 5Y
1.23 (Method 1)
345/347 (Cl) (M + H)+


 


Exp. 5




Example 11B
Example 5U
1.29 (Method 1)
389/91 (Br) (M + H)+


 


Exp. 6




Example 11B




1.28 (Method 1)
363/65 (Cl) (M + H)+


 


Exp. 7




Example 11B
Example 5W
1.22 (Method 1)
345 (M − H)−


 


Exp. 8




Exp. 11B




1.14 (Method 1)
277 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 9




Exp. 11B
Example 5X
1.37 (Method 1)
317 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 10




Exp. 11B




1.30 (Method 1)
361/63 (Cl) (M + H)+


 


Exp. 11




Exp. 11B




1.18 (Method 1)
341 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 12 racem. mixture




Exp. 11B
Example 5AA
1.44 (Method 1)
329 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 13




Exp. 11B
Example 5AB
1.26 (Method 1)
347 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 14 racem. mixture




Exp. 11B
Example 5AF
1.28 (Method 1)
325 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 15 racem. mixture




Exp. 11A




1.49 (Method1)
396 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 16 racem. mixture




Exp. 11A




1.49 (Method 1)
374 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 17 racem. mixture




Exp. 11D
Example 5AC
1.65 (Method 1)
402 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 18 racem. mixture




Exp. 11D




1.55 (Method 1)
408 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 19 racem. mixture




Exp. 11D
Example 5AE
1.67 (Method1)
494 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 20 racem. mixture




Exp. 11D




1.13 (Method 1)
411 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 21 racem. mixture




Exp. 11D
Example 5T
1.63 (Method 1)
444 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 22 racem. mixture




Exp. 11D
Example 5AH
1.66 (Method 1)
478 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 23 racem. mixture




Exp. 11D




1.53 (Method 1)
428 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 24




Exp. 11B




0.91 (Method 1)
346 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 25




Exp. 11B
Example 5AI
1.17 (Method 1)
331 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 26




Exp. 11B
Example 5AN
0.87 (Method 1)
301 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 27




Exp. 11B
Example 5AJ
1.17 (Method 1)
359 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 28




Exp. 11B
Example 5AM
1.08 (Method 1)
327 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 29




Exp. 11B




1.02 (Method 1)
263 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 30 racem. mixture




Exp. 11D
Example 5AK
1.63 (Method 1)
454 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 31 racem. mixture




Exp. 11D




1.51 (Method 1)
376 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 32 racem. mixture




Exp. 11D




1.56 (Method 1)
388 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 33




Exp. 11B
Example 5AO
1.29 (Method 1)
375/377 (Cl) (M + H)+


 


Exp. 34




Exp. 11B




1.11 (Method 1)
317 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 35




Exp. 11B




1.17 (Method 1)
366 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 36




Exp. 11B




1.36 (Method 1)
339 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 37




Exp. 11B
Example 5AL
1.3 (Method 1)
381/383 (Cl) (M + H)+


 


Exp. 38




Exp. 11B
Example 5Z
1.44 (Method 1)
379/381/ 383 (Cl2) (M + H)+


 


Exp. 39




Exp. 11B




1.28 (Method 1)
345/347 (Cl) (M + H)+


 


Exp. 40




Exp. 11B




1.16 (Method 1)
311 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 40-1




Exp. 11B
Example 5ALC
1.30 (Method 1)
303 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 40-2




Exp. 11B
Example 5ALB
1.31 (Method 1)
375 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 40-3




Exp. 11B
Example 5ALD
1.25 (Method 1)
355 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 40-4 cis, racem. mixture




Exp. 11B
Exp. 5HA
1.18 (Method 1)
424 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 40-5




Exp. 11IC
Exp. 5ALA
1.24 (Method 1)
291 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 40-6




Exp. 11B
Example 5TA
1.22 (Method 1)
353 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 40-7




Exp. 11B
Example 5AP
1.35 (Method 1)
418 (M + H)+









Example 41




80 mg (0.38 mmol) of Example 11B were dissolved in 1 mL of absolute ethanol, 262 mg (1.52 mmol) of ethyl tetrahydropyran-4-yl-acetate, and 45.1 mg (1.10 mmol) of sodium hydride (60% suspension in mineral oil) were added. The reaction mixture was heated to 150° C. for 40 min in a microwave oven. Cooling to 20° C. was followed by evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with water (10 mL), acidified with HCl (10% in water) and extracted two times with dichloromethane (2 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with ether to give 65 mg (53.7%) of the product as a white solid.
HPLC-MS (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH): Rt: 1.89 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=319 (M+H)+.
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 41, using the corresponding pyrazolyl-carboxamides and esters as starting materials.

















pyra-







zolyl-







car-


MS




box-


(ESI,



Structure
amide
Ester
Rt [min]
m/z)







Exp. 42 racem. mixture




Exp.  11B




2.02 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
305 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 43




Exp.  11B




2.40 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
289 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 44




Exp.  11B




3.06 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
379 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 45




Exp.  11B




3.04 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
379 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 46 racem. mixture




Exp.  11B




2.77 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
331 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 47




Exp.  11B




2.21 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
275 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 48 racem. mixture




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5T
2.84 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
345 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 49




Exp.  11B




2.57 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
341 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 50




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5E
3.02 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
413 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 51




Exp.  11B




5.97 (Method 1E hydro)
312 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 52




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5AK
2.75 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
355 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 53




Exp.  11B




2.75 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
336 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 54




Exp.  11B




3.15 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
369 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 55




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5K
3.21 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
381 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 56




Exp.  11B




6.52 (Method 1E hydro)
326 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 57 Enan- tiomer R




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5M
2.64 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
397 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 58 Enan- tiomer S




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5L
2.64 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
397 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 60




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5O
2.78 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
411 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 61 Enan- tiomer A




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5A
2.68 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH) 15.32 (Chiral 1)
345 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 62 Enan- tiomer B




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5D
2.68 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH) 18.74 (Chiral 1)
345 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 63




Exp.  11B




9.37 (Method 2F)
380 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 64




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5S
6.75 (Method 1E hydro)
380 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 65




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5R
9.45 (Method 2F)
380 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 66




Exp.  11B




6.70 (Method 2F)
313 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 67




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5Q
2.38 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
342 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 68




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5I
1.95 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
452 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 69 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E
Exp. 5AC
7.30 (Method 1E)
289 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 70 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E
Exp. 5AE
7.70 (Method 1E fusion)
381 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 71 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E
Exp. 5F
7.68 (Method 1E fusion)
349 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 72 mixture of stereo- isomers




Exp.  11E




9.82 (Method 2F)
317 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 73 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E




9.44 (Method 2F)
275 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 74 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E




8.89 (Method 2F)
263 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 75 racem. mixture 




Exp.  11E




10.69 (Method 2F)
303 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 76 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E
Exp. 5H
10.57 (Method 2F)
291 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 77 mixture of stereo- isomers




Exp.  11E
Exp. 5T
10.55 (Method 2F)
331 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 78 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E




4.83 (Method 1E Hydro)
298 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 79 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E




7.10 (Method 1E fusion)
315 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 80 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E




5.97 (Method 1E fusion)
261 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 81 mixture of stereo- isomers




Exp.  11E




4.73 (Method 1E hydro)
2.91 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 82 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E
Exp. 5AK
7.37 (Method 1E hydro)
341 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 83 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E
Exp. 5AD
6.85 (Method 1E hydro)
327 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 84 mixture of stereo- isomers




Exp.  11E




6.88 (Method 1E hydro)
277 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 85 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E
Exp. 5AH
7.93 (Method 1E hydro)
365 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 86 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E




10.93 (Method 2F)
365 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 87 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E




5.43 (Method 1E hydro)
312 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 88 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E




5.43 (Method 1E hydro)
312 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 89 racem. mixture




Ex- ample 11E




5.28 (Method 1E hydro)
322 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 90 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F
Exp. 5AC
8 (Method 1E hydro)
303 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 91 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F
Exp. 5AE
8.45 (Method 1E hydro)
395 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 92 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F




6.93 (Method 1E hydro)
277 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 93 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F
Exp. 5AK
8.20 (Method 1E hydro)
355 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 94 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F




6.28 (Method 1E hydro)
312 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 95 mixture of stereo- isomers




Exp.  11F




7.70 (Method 1E hydro)
291 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 96 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F




7.33 (Method 1E hydro)
289 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 97 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F




8.17 (Method 1E hydro)
379 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 98 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F




6.80 (Method 1E hydro)
336 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 99 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F




6.43 (Method 1E hydro)
275 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 100 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F




2.38 (Method 2F)
326 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 101 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F




7.52 (Method 1E hydro)
329 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 102 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F
Exp. 5F
8.28 (1E hydro)
363 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 103 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F




8.70 (Method 1E hydro)
317 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 104 racem. mixture




Exp.  11G
Exp. 5AC
8.57 (Method 1E hydro)
331 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 105 racem. mixture




Exp.  11G
Exp. 5AK
8.62 (Method 1E hydro)
383 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 106 racem. mixture




Exp.  11G




7.58 (Method 1E hydro)
305 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 108 racem. mixture




Exp.  11G




7.93 (Method 1E)
317 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 111 trans; racem. mixture




Exp.  11H




2.05 (Method 2F)
326 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 112 trans; racem. mixture




Exp.  11H
Exp. 5AC
8.25 (Method 2F)
317 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 113 trans; racem. mixture




Exp.  11H




8.42 (Method 1E hydro)
393 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 114 trans; racem. mixture




Exp.  11H




7.15 (Method 1E hydro)
291 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 115 cis; racem. mixture




Exp.  11I




9.90 (Method 2F)
291 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 116 cis; racem. mixture




Exp.  11I




8.18 (Method 1E hydro)
393 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 117 cis; racem. mixture




Exp.  11I
Exp. 5AC
7.98 (Method 1E hydro)
317 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 118 cis; racem. mixture




Exp.  11I




5.80 (Method 1E hydro)
326 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 119 cis; racem. mixture




Exp.  11I
Exp. 5H
8.42 (Method 1E hydro)
319 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 120 cis; racem. mixture




Exp.  11I




7.33 (Method 1E hydro)
303 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 121 cis; racem. mixture




Exp.  11I




9.91 (Method 2F)
350 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 122 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F




6.95 (Method 2F)
342 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 123




Exp.  11B




2.12 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
312 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 124 racem. mixture




Exp.  11E




4.98 (Method 1E hydro)
298 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 125




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5P
8.72 (Method 1E hydro)
395 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 126 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F




9.72 (Method 2F)
336 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 127 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F
Exp. 5AB
7.62 (Method 1E hydro)
341 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 128 Enan- tiomer S




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5G
9.83 (Method 2F)
291 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 129 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F
Exp. 5AF
11.56 (Method 2F)
379 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 130 racem. mixture




Exp.  11F
Exp. 5H
8.38 (Method 1E hydro)
305 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 131 Enan- tiomer A




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5B
9.93 (Method 2F)
331 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 132 Enan- tiomer B




Exp.  11B
Exp. 5C
9.93 (Method 2F)
331 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 132-1 cis, racem. mixture




Exp.  11IA




9.83 (Method 2F)
291 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 132-2 cis, racem. mixture




Exp.  11IA
Exp. 5AC
10.96 (Method 2F)
317 (M +  H)+


 


Exp.  132-3 Enantio- mer A




Exp.  15A




8.84 (Method 2F)
263 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 132-4 Enan- tiomer B




Exp.  16A




8.96 (Method 2F)
263 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 132-5 trans, racem. mixture




Exp.  11IB
Exp. 5AC
10.21 (Method 2F)
317 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 132-6 Enan- tiomer B




Exp.  16A




7.15 (Method 1E Hydro)
275 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 132-7 Enan- tiomer B




Exp.  16A




5.68 (Method 1E Hydro)
298 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 132-8 trans, racem. mixture




Exp.  11IB




9.23 (Method 2F)
291 (M +  H)+


 


Exp. 132-9 Enan- tiomer A




Exp.  15A




8.83 (Method 2L)
275 (M +  H)+









Example 133
6-(2-Ethyl-butyl)-1-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-1,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-one




Example 11B (0.1 g, 0.48 mmol) was mixed with polyphosphoric acid (1.0 g) and 2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenylacetic acid (248 mg, 1.9 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 120° C. during 16 hours. Temperature was lowered to 20° C. and the pH value was adjusted to 7 by addition of ammonia (30% solution in water). The aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (2×20 mL) and the organic phase was dried over sodium sulphate. The crude mixture was purified by flash chromatography. Eluent: hexane/ethyl acetate 40/60.
Obtained 23.5 mg (16%) as a white solid
HPLC-MS (1E) Rt: 6.77 min
MS (APCI pos): m/z=305 (M+H)+
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 133, using the corresponding carboxylic acids as starting materials:
















starting

MS



structure
material
Rt [min]
(ESI, m/z)







Example 134








6.37 (Method 1E)
303 (M + H)+


 


Example 135 racem. mixture








5.95 (Method 1E)
291 (M + H)+


 


Example 136








6.57 (Method 1E)
407 (M + H)+


 


Example 137








6.48 (Method 1E)
363 (M + H)+


 


Example 138








6.72 (Method 1E)
395 (M + H)+


 


Example 139








2.71 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
329 (M + H)+


 


Example 140








2.77 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
329 (M + H)+


 


Example 141








2.90 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
329 (M + H)+


 


Example 142








3.07 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
347 (M + H)+


 


Example 143








2.71 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
277 (M + H)+


 


Example 144








3.28 (Method Grad_C8_NH4COOH)
317 (M + H)+









Example 145
Racemic Mixture




106 mg (0.47 mmol) Example 12V was mixed with 4 mL ethyl acetate and 0.5 mL dimethylformamide, 51 mg (0.61 mmol) 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran and 88.4 mg (0.51 mmol) p-toluenesulfonic acid were added. The reaction mixture was heated to 60° C. and stirred for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature ethyl acetate was added and the mixture was washed with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate and with saturated sodium chloride. The organic layer was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC-MS. 31.5 mg (21.7%) were obtained.
MS (APCI pos): m/z=312 (M+H)+
HPLC-MS (Method 2F) Rt: 8.26 min
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 145, using the corresponding pyrazolopyrimidinones as starting materials.
















starting

MS



structure
material
Rt [min]
(ESI, m/z)







Exp. 146 racem. mixture




Example 12W
9.99 (Method 2F)
277 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 147 racem. mixture




Example 12X
10.98 (Method 2F)
303 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 147-1 racem. mixture




Example 12Y
10.98 (Method 2F)
303 (M + H)+


 


Example 147-2 racem. mixture




Example 12AA
9.56 (Method 2F)
275 (M + H)+


 


Example 147-3 racem. mixture




Example 12Z
11.62 (Method 2F)
379 (M + H)+









Example 148




160 mg (470 mmol) of Example 12E was dissolved in 10 mL methanol and 350 mg Raney nickel was added. The reaction mixture was hydrogenated at room temperature for 6 h, filtered and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. 100 mg (65%) of the product were obtained.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 0.95 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=324 (M+H)
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 148, using the corresponding N-oxides as starting materials.
















starting





structure
material
Rt [min]
MS (ESI, m/z)







Exp. 149




Example 12D
0.95 (Method 1)
316 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 150




Example 12F
1.11 (Method 1)
408 (M + H)+









Example 151




62 mg (150 mmol) of Example 13B were dissolved in 4 mL dichloromethane, 22.5 μL (300 mmol) acetyl chloride and 42 μL (300 mmol) triethylamine were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature over night. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile). 28 mg (55%) of the product were obtained.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.18 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=344 (M+H)+
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 151, using the corresponding starting materials. It will be evident that as acylating agent not for all compounds acetylchloride has been introduced but other acylating agents like commercially available methoxychloroformate, substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylchloride, unsubstituted or substituted phenoxycarbonylchloride, unsubstituted or substituted benzoylchloride were used.
















starting





structure
material
Rt [min]
MS (ESI, m/z)







Exp. 152




Example 13K
1.09 (Method 1)
352 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 153




Example 13L
1.25 (Method 1)
436 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 154 racem. mixture




Example 13C
1.38 (Method 1)
360 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 155 racem. mixture




Example 13D
1.30 (Method 1)
368 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 156 racem. mixture




Example 13E
1.44 (Method 1)
452 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 157 racem. mixture




Example 13C
1.20 (Method 1)
344 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 158 racem. mixture




Example 13D
1.16 (Method 1)
352 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 159 racem. mixture




Example 13D
1.25 (Method 1)
381 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 160 racem. mixture




Example 13C
1.30 (Method 1)
373 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 161 racem. mixture




Example 13E
1.38 (Method 1)
465 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 162 racem. mixture




Example 13C
1.62 (Method 1)
440 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 163 racem. mixture




Example 13E
1.48 (Method 1)
498 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 164 racem. mixture




Example 13G
1.23 (Method 1)
422 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 165 racem. mixture




Example 13A
1.14 (Method 1)
330 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 166 racem. mixture




Example 13F
1.28 (Method 1)
400 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 167 racem. mixture




Example 13A
1.36 (Method 1)
392 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 168 racem. mixture




Example 13H
1.1 (Method 1)
368 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 169 racem. mixture




Example 13G
1.44 (Method 1)
484 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 170 racem. mixture




Example 13H
1.32 (Method 1)
430 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 171 racem. mixture




Example 13I
1.29 (Method 1)
378 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 172 racem. mixture




Example 13F
1.07 (Method 1)
338 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 173 mixture of stereoiso- mers




Example 13M
1.25 (Method 1)
386 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 174 mixture of stereoiso- mers




Example 13M
1.44 (Method 1)
448 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 175 racem. mixture




Example 13N
1.04 (Method 1)
415 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 176 racem. mixture




Example 13N
0.84 (Method 1)
353 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 177 racem. mixture




Example 13O
1.31 (Method 1)
380 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 178 racem. mixture




Example 13P
1.43 (Method 1)
458 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 179 racem. mixture




Example 13P
1.24 (Method 1)
396 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 180 racem. mixture




Example 13Q
1.14 (Method 1)
330 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 181 racem. mixture




Example 13Q
1.34 (Method 1)
392 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 182 racem. mixture




Example 13D
1.35 (Method 1)
414 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 183 racem. mixture




Example 13C
1.41 (Method 1)
406 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 184 racem. mixture




Example 205
1.30 (Method 1)
420 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 185 racem. mixture




Example 13D
1.53 (Method 1)
448 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 186 racem. mixture




Example 204
1.35 (Method 1)
432 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 187 racem. mixture




Example 204
1.15 (Method 1)
370 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 188 racem. mixture




Example 13E
1.29 (Method 1)
436 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 189 racem. mixture




Example 13O
1.08 (Method 1)
318 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 190 racem. mixture




Example 13F
1.18 (Method 1)
367 (M + H)+









Example 191
Racemic Mixture




60 mg (0.2 mmol) of Example 13C were dissolved in 5 mL xylene and 57 mg (0.2 mmol) 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl-trichloromethansulfonate were added drop wise. The reaction mixture was heated to 140° C. and stirred for 5 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile). 24.8 mg (32%) of the product were obtained.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.45 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=384 (M+H)+
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 191, using the corresponding starting materials.
















starting

MS (ESI,



structure
material
Rt [min]
m/z)







Exp. 192 racem. mixture




Example 13Q
1.35 (Method 1)
370 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 193 racem. mixture




Example 13C
1.07 (Method 1)
366 (M + H)+









Example 194
Racemic Mixture




400 mg (1.35 mmol) of Example 11A were dissolved in 8 mL of absolute ethanol, 840 mg (5.4 mmol) of Example 5AC, and 220 mg (5.5 mmol) of sodium hydride (60% suspension in mineral oil) were added. The reaction mixture was heated to 150° C. for 30 min in a microwave oven. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was acidified with 4N hydrochloride acid. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile). 250 mg (46%) of the product were obtained as a white solid.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 0.93 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=288 (M+H)+
Example 195




330 mg (0.82 mmol) of Example 12A were dissolved in 3 mL dichloromethane and 1 mL trifluoroacetic acid was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature over night. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile). 240 mg (70%) of the product were obtained.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 0.96 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=302 (M+H)+
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 195, using the corresponding Boc-protected amines as starting materials.
















starting

MS (ESI,



structure
material
Rt [min]
m/z)







Exp. 196 racem. mixture




Example 12L
1.01 (Method 1)
302 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 197 racem. mixture




Example 12M
0.93 (Method 1)
310 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 198 racem. mixture




Example 12N
1.09 (Method 1)
394 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 199 racem. mixture




Example 12G
0.92 (Method 1)
296 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 200 racem. mixture




Example 12H
1.08 (Method 1)
380 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 201 racem. mixture




Example 12J
0.89 (Method 1)
274 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 202




Example 12B
0.92 (Method 1)
310 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 203




Example 12C
1.07 (Method 1)
394 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 204 racem. mixture




Example 12Q
0.95 (Method 1)
328 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 205 racem. mixture




Example 12R
1.13 (Method 1)
378 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 206 racem. mixture




Example 12U
0.94 (Method 1)
288 (M + H)+









Example 207
Racemic Mixture




50 mg (120 mmol) of Example 13A were dissolved in 5 mL dichloromethane and 15 mg (500 mmol) of formaldehyde were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. 15 μL (260 mmol) acetic acid and 35 mg (160 mmol) sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride were added. The reaction mixture was stirred 2 h at room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile). 34 mg (65%) of the product were obtained.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 0.99 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=302 (M+H)+
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of Example 207 using the corresponding amines as starting materials
















starting

MS (ESI,



structure
material
Rt [min]
m/z)







Exp. 208 racem. mixture




Example 13C
1.02 (Method 1)
316 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 209 racem. mixture




Example 13E
1.13 (Method 1)
408 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 210 racem. mixture




Example 13F
0.93 (Method 1)
310 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 211 racem. mixture




Example 13G
1.11 (Method 1 )
394 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 212 racem. mixture




Example 13H
0.98 (Method 1)
340 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 213 mixture of stereoiso- mers




Example 13J
1.02 (Method 1)
344 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 214 racem. mixture




Example 13I
0.91 (Method 1)
288 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 215 racem. mixture




Example 13D
0.97 (Method 1)
324 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 216 racem. mixture




Example 205
1.16 (Method 1)
392 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 217 racem. mixture




Example 204
0.98 (Method 1)
342 (M + H)+


 


Exp. 218 racem. mixture




Example 13Q
0.95 (Method 1)
302 (M + H)+









Example 219




Under a argon atmosphere 100 mg (0.26 mmol) of example 5. 95 mg (0.77 mmol) pyridine-3-boronic acid, 310 μL (2.41 mmol) aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2 M), 5 mL dioxane and 20 mg (0.02 mmol) tetrakis-(triphenylphosohine)palladium(0) were combined. The reaction mixture was heated to 140° C. for 35 min in a microwave oven. After cooling to room temperature the reaction mixture was filtered over celite. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC. 82 mg (83%) of the product were obtained.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.00 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=388 (M+H)+
The following examples were synthesized in analogy to the preparation of example 219 using the corresponding boronic acids as starting materials.
















starting

MS (ESI,



structure
material
Rt [min]
m/z)







Example 220








1.01 (Method 1)
418 (M + H)+


 


Example 221








1.24 (Method 1)
413 (M + H)+


 


Example 222








1.34 (Method 1)
412 (M + H)+


 


Example 223








1.03 (Method 1)
473 (M + H)+


 


Example 224








0.96 (Method 1)
388 (M + H)+


 


Example 225








1.18 (Method 1)
418 (M + H)+


 


Example 226








1.57 (Method 1)
494 (M + H)+


 


Example 227








1.19 (Method 1)
419 (M + H)+


 


Example 228








1.26 (Method 1)
406 (M + H)+


 


Example 229








1.40 (Method 1)
417 (M + H)+


 


Example 230








1.06 (Method 1)
389 (M + H)+


 


Example 230-1








1.24 (Method 1)
474 (M + H)+


 


Example 230-2








1.16 (Method 1)
391 (M + H)+


 


Example 2230-3








1.25 (Method 1)
404 (M + H)+


 


230-4








1.28 (Method 1)
367 (M + H)+









Example 231




A vial was charged under inert atmosphere with Example 5 (175 mg, 0.45 mmol), pyrazole (306 mg, 4.49 mmol), copper iodide (85 mg, 0.45 mmol) and cesium carbonate (439 mg, 1.35 mmol) were added. Dimethylformammide (5 ml), previously degassed, was then added, followed by N—N′-dimethylethylenediamine (47.87 μl; 0.45 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 120° C. for three hours. The suspension was then filtered over a Celite pad; Celite was washed with DMF. The volume of the organic phase was reduced under reduced pressure and, afterwards, ammonium chloride saturated solution was added, followed by ethyl acetate. The phases were separated and the organic phase was washed with brine and then dried. The crude product was purified by SPE cartridge and the product obtained was further purified by SPE Stratosphere “PL-THIOL MP” to completely remove copper salts. The solid obtained was triturated with diethyl ether. 15.5 mg of the desired compound were obtained (yield=9.2%).
HPLC-MS (Method 1E hydro): Rt: 7.80 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=377 (M+H)+
Example 232




Example 53 (100 mg, 0.298 mmol) and hydroxylamine (0.073 ml, 1.19 mmol) were mixed together in absolute ethanol (4 ml) in a 50 ml flask. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 hours before being worked up. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to obtain 120 mg (content 70%, 0.228 mmol) of N-Hydroxy-2-[4-oxo-1-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylmethyl]-benzamidine as solid that was used as such in the next step.
N-Hydroxy-2-[4-oxo-1-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-ylmethyl]-benzamidine (120 mg, content 70%; 0.228 mmol) was suspended in trimethylorthoacetate (5 ml) and acetic acid was added afterwards (1 ml); the mixture was heated to 100° C. for one hour. The mixture was cooled at room temperature and the precipitation of a solid was observed. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure; the crude product was purified by flash chromatography. The product was then triturated with diethyl ether. 24 mg of the desired compound were obtained (yield 26.6%).
HPLC/MS (Method 1E hydro)
MS (ESI pos): m/z=393 (M+H)+
Example 233




Example 12X (250 mg, 1.14 mmol) was dissolved in 20 ml of hot methanol. Alumina (neutral) was added and the solvent was then removed to give a white powder which was transferred into a 2 ml Wheaton vial; 5,6-Dihydro-2H-pyran-2-oxo was added followed by DMFe (1 ml) and the vial was closed tightly. The suspension was heated to 80° C. with orbital shaking during 4 days. The reaction was then filtered and the alumina was washed with methanol, ethyl acetate and dicholoromethane; the organic solutions were combined and solvents removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography.
Eluent: (gradient starting with n-hexane/ethyl acetate 9/1 to ethyl acetate (100%) followed by ethyl acetate/methanol 99/1 to 94/6). 70 mg of the desired compound were obtained as solid (19.3%).
HPLC-MS (Method 2F): Rt: 9.06 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=317 (M+H)+
Example 234




Example 53 (160 mg, content 80%, 0.38 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (0.186 ml, 3.81 mmol) were mixed together in absolute ethanol (4 ml) in a 25 ml flask. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 6 hours before being worked up. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain 200 mg (content 70%, 0.38 mmol) of the desired material used as such in the next step. The material (200 mg, 70% content, 0.38 mmol) was suspended in trimethylorthoacetate (6 ml). Acetic acid is added (0.6 ml) and the solution was heated to 80° C. for 30 minutes. Trimethylortoacetate and acetic acid were removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was partitioned between water and dichloromethane. The organic phase is dried and the crude product purified by flash chromatography. (gradient: starting with dichloromethane/methanol 98/2 and finishing with dichloromethane/methanol 90/10). The product was further purified by trituration with diethyl ether. 8 mg of the desired compound were obtained (4%).
HPLC-MS (Method 1E hydro): Rt: 6.82 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=392 (M+H)+
Example 235




22 mg (0.06 mmol) of example 230-4 in 3 ml methanol were hydrogenated over Pd/C (10%) under atmospheric pressure. The catalyst was removed. The solvent was evaporated and the residue chromatographed by HPLC (eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile) to yield 15.7 mg (71%) of the product.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 1.35 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=369 (M+H)+
Example 236




100 mg (73%, 0.251 mmol) of example 40-5 were dissolved in 2 ml acetic acid and 30 μL (0.35 mmol) hydrogen peroxide solution in water (35%) were added. The mixture was stirred for 3 h and acetonitrile/water was added. The mixture was chromatographed by HPLC (eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile) to yield 50.3 mg (65%) of the product.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 0.88 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=307 (M+H)+
Example 237




100 mg (73%, 0.251 mmol) of example 40-5 were dissolved in 2 ml acetic acid and 200 μL (2.33 mmol) hydrogen peroxide solution in water (35%) were added. The mixture was stirred for 3 days and acetonitrile/water was added. The mixture was chromatographed by HPLC (eluent A: water+0.13% TFA, eluent B: acetonitrile) to yield 21.5 mg (27%) of the product.
HPLC-MS (Method 1): Rt: 0.93 min
MS (ESI pos): m/z=323 (M+H)+.

## Claims

1. A method for the treatment of a cognitive impairment of learning and/or memory comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I)



wherein
Hc is selected from the group of tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl and pyrrolidinyl;
R1 is selected from the group of
phenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridyl-, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexyl, ethyl, 1- and 2-propyl, 1- and 2-butyl-, 1-, 2- and 3-pentyl-, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl,
where these R1 groups may optionally be substituted by one or more substituents independently of one another selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, HO—, oxo, NC—, C1-6-alkyl-O—, C1-6-alkyl-, C3-7-cycloalkyl-O—, C3-7cycloalkyl-C1-3alkyl-O—, CF3O— and CF3;
R2 independently of any other R2 is selected from the group of H—, C1-6-alkyl and oxo,
and in cases wherein R2 is attached to a nitrogen which is a ring member of Hc, this R2 shall be independently of any other R2 selected from: H—, C1-6-alkyl-CO—, C1-6-alkyl-O—CO—, C1-6-alkyl-, phenyl-CO—, phenyl-O—CO— and (C1-6-alkyl)2N—CO—,
where the above-mentioned R2 members may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more fluorine substituents;
R3 is selected from the group of
H—, hydroxy and C1-6-alkyl-O—, whereby C1-6-alkyl-O— may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and HO—;
R4 and R5 independently of one another are selected from the group of H—, fluorine, and methyl;
x is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
y is 0 or 1;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a tautomer or a stereoisomer thereof.

2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the impairment is a consequence of age-associated learning and memory impairments, age-associated memory losses, vascular dementia, craniocerebral trauma, stroke, dementia occurring after strokes (post stroke dementia), post-traumatic dementia, general concentration impairments, concentration impairments in children with learning and memory problems, Alzheimer's disease, Lewy body dementia, dementia with degeneration of the frontal lobes, Pick's syndrome, Parkinson's disease, progressive nuclear palsy, dementia with corticobasal degeneration, amyotropic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Huntington's disease, multiple sclerosis, thalamic degeneration, Creutzfeld-Jacob dementia, HIV dementia, schizophrenia with dementia or Korsakoff's psychosis.

3. The method according to claim 1, wherein the impairment is a consequence of Alzheimer's disease.

4. The method according to claim 1, wherein the impairment is a consequence of sleep disorder, bipolar disorder, metabolic syndrome, obesity, diabetis mellitus, hyperglycemia, dyslipidemia, impaired glucose tolerance, or a disease of the testes, brain, small intestine, skeletal muscle, heart, lung, thymus or spleen.